HP Hewlett Packard HP LaserJet CP4025DN Laser Printer CC490A User Manual

COLOR LASERJET ENTERPRISE CP4020/CP4520  
SERIES PRINTER  
User Guide  
CP4025n  
CP4025dn  
CP4525n  
CP4525dn  
CP4525xh  
HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CP4020-CP4520  
Series Printer  
User Guide  
Copyright and License  
Trademark Credits  
Adobe®, Acrobat®, and PostScript® are  
trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.  
© 2009 Copyright Hewlett-Packard  
Development Company, L.P.  
Reproduction, adaptation, or translation  
without prior written permission is prohibited,  
except as allowed under the copyright laws.  
Corel® is a trademark or registered  
trademark of Corel Corporation or Corel  
Corporation Limited.  
The information contained herein is subject  
to change without notice.  
Intel® Core™ is a trademark of Intel  
Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.  
The only warranties for HP products and  
services are set forth in the express warranty  
statements accompanying such products  
and services. Nothing herein should be  
construed as constituting an additional  
warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical  
or editorial errors or omissions contained  
herein.  
Java™ is a US trademark of Sun  
Microsystems, Inc.  
Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows® XP, and  
Windows Vista® are U.S. registered  
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.  
PANTONE® is Pantone, Inc's check-  
standard trademark for color.  
Part number: CC489-90901  
UNIX® is a registered trademark of The Open  
Group.  
Edition 3, 10/2009  
ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR  
mark are registered U.S. marks.  
Conventions used in this guide  
TIP: Tips provide helpful hints or shortcuts.  
NOTE: Notes provide important information to explain a concept or to complete a task.  
CAUTION: Cautions indicate procedures that you should follow to avoid losing data or damaging the  
product.  
WARNING! Warnings alert you to specific procedures that you should follow to avoid personal injury,  
catastrophic loss of data, or extensive damage to the product.  
ENWW  
iii  
 
iv  
Conventions used in this guide  
ENWW  
Table of contents  
2 Control panel menus  
3 Software for Windows  
ENWW  
v
4 Use the product with Mac  
5 Connect the product  
vi  
ENWW  
6 Paper and print media  
7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
vii  
Temporarily store a personal job on the product and print it  
Make a permanently stored job private so that anyone who tries to  
viii  
ENWW  
9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
ix  
10 Solve problems  
x
ENWW  
Appendix A Supplies and accessories  
Appendix B Service and support  
Appendix C Product specifications  
ENWW  
xi  
xii  
ENWW  
Product comparison  
Model  
Features  
HP Color LaserJet CP4025n  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525n  
100-sheet multipurpose input tray (Tray 1)  
500-sheet input tray (Tray 2)  
500-sheet, face-down output bin  
Hi-speed USB 2.0 port  
HP Jetdirect embedded print server for connecting to a 10/100/1000Base-TX  
network  
512 megabytes (MB) of random access memory (RAM)  
100-sheet multipurpose input tray (Tray 1)  
500-sheet input tray (Tray 2)  
HP Color LaserJet CP4025dn  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525dn  
500-sheet, face-down output bin  
Hi-speed USB 2.0 port  
HP Jetdirect embedded print server for connecting to a 10/100/1000Base-TX  
network  
512 megabytes (MB) of random access memory (RAM)  
Automatic two-sided printing  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525xh  
100-sheet multipurpose input tray (Tray 1)  
500-sheet input tray (Tray 2)  
HP 3x500-sheet paper feeder (Trays 3, 4, and 5)  
500-sheet, face-down output bin  
Hi-speed USB 2.0 port  
HP Jetdirect embedded print server for connecting to a 10/100/1000Base-TX  
network  
1 gigabyte (GB) of random access memory (RAM)  
Automatic two-sided printing  
HP Encrypted High Performance Hard Disk  
2
Chapter 1 Product basics  
ENWW  
 
Environmental features  
Duplex  
Save paper by using duplex printing as your default print setting.  
Print multiple pages per sheet Save paper by printing two or more pages of a document side-by-side on one sheet of paper.  
Access this feature through the printer driver.  
Recycling  
Reduce waste by using recycled paper.  
Recycle print cartridges by using the HP return process.  
Save energy by initiating sleep mode for the product.  
Energy savings  
HP Smart Web printing  
Use HP Smart Web printing to select, store, and organize text and graphics from multiple Web  
pages and then edit and print exactly what you see onscreen. It gives you the control you need  
for printing meaningful information while minimizing waste.  
Download HP Smart Web printing from this Web site: www.hp.com/go/smartweb.  
Job storage  
Use the job storage features to manage print jobs. By using job storage, you activate printing  
while you are at the shared product, eliminating lost print jobs that are then reprinted.  
ENWW  
Environmental features  
3
 
Product features  
Speed and throughput  
HP Color LaserJet CP4025 models  
Print up to 35 pages per minute (ppm) on letter-size paper and 35 ppm on A4-size  
paper.  
As quick as 10 seconds to print the first page  
Recommended monthly print volume of 2,000 to 7,500 pages  
A 800 megahertz (MHz) microprocessor  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525 models  
Print up to 42 pages per minute (ppm) on letter-size paper and 40 ppm on A4-size  
paper.  
As quick as 10 seconds to print the first page  
Recommended monthly print volume of 2,500 to 10,000 pages  
A 800 megahertz (MHz) microprocessor  
Resolution  
Memory  
1200 dots per inch (dpi) with Image Resolution Enhancement technology 3600  
1200 x 1200 dpi for detailed line work and small text  
n and dn models: 512 MB of random-access memory (RAM), expandable to 1 GB  
by adding into the open DIMM slot 200-pin small outline dual inline memory modules  
(DDR2 SODIMM) that support 256 MB or 512 MB of RAM.  
xh models: 1 gigabyte (GB) of random-access memory (RAM).  
Memory Enhancement technology (MEt) automatically compresses data to use  
RAM more efficiently.  
User interface  
Four-line color graphical display on the control panel  
HP Embedded Web Server to configure and manage the product remotely from any  
computer connected to the same network  
HP Easy Printer Care software (an optional status and troubleshooting tool)  
Internet-enabled supply-ordering capabilities through HP Easy Printer Care  
software, driver Status Notification pop-up messages, and HP Embedded Web  
Server  
Paper-handling  
Tray 1 (multipurpose tray): A multipurpose tray for paper, transparencies, labels,  
envelopes, and other paper types. The tray holds up to 100 sheets of paper, 50  
transparencies, or 10 envelopes.  
Tray 2: 500-sheet tray, and an optional HP Postcard media insert.  
Optional Trays 3, 4 and 5: 500-sheet trays  
Two-sided printing: The dn and xh models support automatic two-sided printing.  
The other models support manual two-sided printing.  
Standard output bin: Hold up to 500 sheets of paper. The product has a sensor  
that indicates when the bin is full.  
For information about supported paper sizes, see Supported paper sizes on page 83.  
For information about supported paper types, see Supported paper types  
4
Chapter 1 Product basics  
ENWW  
       
Languages and fonts  
Print cartridges  
HP Printer Control Language PCL 5, PCL 6, and HP postscript level 3 emulation  
Direct PDF  
93 scalable TrueType PS typefaces  
For information regarding print cartridges, see www.hp.com/go/  
Authentic HP print cartridge detection  
Automatic toner strip remover  
Microsoft® Windows® XP, Windows Vista®, Windows® Server 2003, Windows®  
Server 2008, and Windows® 7  
Supported operating systems  
Macintosh OS X 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, and later  
Novell NetWare V6.5 and iPrint V5.12 and later  
Citrix  
Meta Frame XP  
Presentation Server V4.0 and later  
XenApp 5.0  
UNIX®  
Linux  
Connectivity  
USB 2.0 connection  
Local area network (LAN) Ethernet (RJ-45) connector for the embedded  
HP Jetdirect print server  
One enhanced input/output (EIO) slot  
Sleep setting saves energy  
High content of recyclable components and materials  
Instant-on fuser saves energy  
Security lock (optional)  
Environment  
Security  
Job retention  
User PIN authentication for stored jobs  
IPsec security  
HP encrypted High Performance EIO hard drive (included with the xh model, and  
available as an optional accessory for the other models)  
ENWW  
Product features  
5
     
Self-help  
Show-me-how pages that you can print from the control panel  
Job aids for specific tasks available from www.hp.com/support/cljcp4025 or  
Animations and help on the control panel  
Accessibility  
The online user guide is compatible with text screen-readers.  
The print cartridges can be installed and removed by using one hand.  
All doors and covers can be opened by using one hand.  
Paper can be loaded in Tray 1 by using one hand.  
6
Chapter 1 Product basics  
ENWW  
 
Product views  
Front view  
3
2
4
5
6
1
7
8
9
10  
11  
1
Front door (access to print cartridges and toner collection unit)  
Standard output bin  
2
3
Control panel  
4
Right door (access for clearing jams)  
5
On/off button (illuminates when turned on)  
Tray 1 (pull the handle to open the tray)  
Tray 2  
6
7
8
Optional Tray 3 (included with the HP Color LaserJet CP4525xh model)  
Lower right door (access for clearing jams)  
Optional Tray 4 (included with the HP Color LaserJet CP4525xh model)  
Optional Tray 5 (included with the HP Color LaserJet CP4525xh model)  
9
10  
11  
ENWW  
Product views  
7
     
Back view  
1
2
1
2
Interface ports  
Power connection  
8
Chapter 1 Product basics  
ENWW  
 
Interface ports  
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Hi-speed USB 2.0 printing port  
Local area network (LAN) Ethernet (RJ-45) network port  
EIO interface expansion slot  
Slot for a cable-type security lock  
Serial number and model number location  
The model number and serial number are listed on an identification label located on the back of the  
product. The serial number contains information about the country/region of origin, the product version,  
production code, and the production number of the product.  
Model name  
Model number  
HP Color LaserJet CP4025n  
HP Color LaserJet CP4025dn  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525n  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525dn  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525xh  
CC489A  
CC490A  
CC493A  
CC494A  
CC495A  
ENWW  
Product views  
9
   
Control-panel layout  
The control panel includes a color, graphical and text display, job-control buttons, and three light-emitting  
diode (LED) status lights.  
2
1
5
1
2
3
Control panel display  
Back arrow button  
Help button  
Shows status information, menus, help information, and error messages.  
Navigates backward in nested menus.  
Provides detailed information, including animations, about product  
messages or menus.  
4
Up arrow button  
Navigates menus and text, and increases the values of numerical items in  
the display.  
Down arrow button  
Navigates menus and text, and decreases the values of numerical items in  
the display.  
5
6
OK button  
Makes selections and resumes printing after continuable errors.  
Opens and closes the menu structure.  
Home button  
7
Stop button  
Halts the current job, presents a choice to resume or cancel the current job,  
clears paper from the product, and clears any continuable errors that are  
associated with the halted job. If the product is not printing a job, pressing  
the Stop button pauses the product.  
8
The Attention light indicates that the product has a condition that requires  
intervention. Examples include an empty paper tray or an error message  
on the display.  
Attention light  
Data light  
9
The Data light indicates that the product is receiving data.  
10  
The Ready light indicates that the product is ready to begin processing any  
job.  
Ready light  
10 Chapter 1 Product basics  
ENWW  
   
2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
11  
 
Control panel menus  
You can control the product by changing settings in the menus on the product control panel. Use the  
control panel to access features not supported by the printer driver or software application, and to  
configure trays for paper size and type.  
Show Me How menu  
The SHOW ME HOW menu prints pages that provide more information about the product. You can print  
the pages and keep them near the product for convenient reference.  
To display: Press the Home button , and then select the SHOW ME HOW menu.  
Item  
Explanation  
CLEAR JAMS  
Provides instructions for clearing jams on the product.  
Provides instructions for loading and configuring trays.  
LOAD TRAYS  
LOAD SPECIAL MEDIA  
Provides instructions for loading special print media such as envelopes,  
transparencies, and labels.  
LOAD MEDIA 4 X 6 (10 X 15CM)  
PRINT BOTH SIDES  
Provides instructions for loading 4 x 6 media.  
Provides instructions for printing on both sides of the paper (duplex printing).  
Provides a list of the supported paper and print media.  
Prints a page that shows links to additional help on the Web.  
SUPPORTED PAPER  
PRINT HELP GUIDE  
Retrieve job menu  
Use the RETRIEVE JOB menu to view listings of all stored jobs.  
To display: Press the Home button , and then select the RETRIEVE JOB menu.  
Item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Description  
NO STORED JOBS  
This message appears if no jobs are  
currently stored on the product.  
<USER NAME>  
Each user who has stored jobs is listed  
by name. Select the appropriate user  
name to see a list of stored jobs.  
12 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
       
Item  
Sub-item  
ALL JOBS (WITH PIN) PRINT  
PRINT AND  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Description  
This message appears if a user has two  
or more stored jobs that require a PIN.  
If PRINT or PRINT AND DELETE is  
selected then the PIN will be requested.  
If the jobs have different PINs, only the  
jobs with the PIN entered will be printed.  
If the PIN does not match any of the  
jobs, an error message is displayed.  
DELETE  
DELETE  
Either the PRINT option or the PRINT  
AND DELETE option displays,  
depending on the type of jobs listed. If  
the stored jobs are Personal or Proof  
and Hold jobs, PRINT AND DELETE is  
displayed. These jobs are deleted after  
they are printed. If PRINT is displayed,  
there is at least one Quick Copy or  
standard stored job. When PRINT is  
selected, any Personal or Proof and  
Hold jobs in the list will be printed and  
deleted.  
COPIES  
When PRINT or PRINT AND DELETE  
is selected, the COPIES option allows  
you to specify the number of copies of  
the job to print. The default is 1 and the  
range is from 1 to 3,200.  
JOB  
CUSTOM VALUE  
The following copy options are also  
available:  
Select the JOB option to print the  
number of copies specified in the  
driver.  
Select the CUSTOM VALUE  
option to specify the number of  
copies of the job to be printed. The  
number of copies that were  
specified in the driver are  
multiplied by the number of copies  
specified on the control panel. For  
example, if you specified two  
copies in the driver and specify two  
copies on the control panel, a total  
of four copies of the job are printed.  
ALL JOBS (NO PIN)  
PRINT  
This message appears if a user has two  
or more stored jobs that do not require  
a PIN.  
PRINT AND  
DELETE  
Either the PRINT option or the PRINT  
AND DELETE option displays,  
DELETE  
depending on the type of jobs listed. If  
the stored jobs are Personal or Proof  
and Hold jobs, PRINT AND DELETE is  
displayed. These jobs are deleted after  
they are printed. If PRINT is displayed,  
there is at least one Quick Copy or  
standard stored job. When PRINT is  
selected, any Personal or Proof and  
Hold jobs in the list will be printed and  
deleted.  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 13  
Item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
COPIES  
Description  
When PRINT or PRINT AND DELETE  
is selected, the COPIES option allows  
you to specify the number of copies of  
the job to print. The default is 1 and the  
range is from 1 to 3,200.  
JOB  
CUSTOM VALUE  
The following copy options are also  
available:  
Select the JOB option to print the  
number of copies specified in the  
driver.  
Select the CUSTOM VALUE  
option to specify the number of  
copies of the job to be printed. The  
number of copies that were  
specified in the driver are  
multiplied by the number of copies  
specified on the control panel. For  
example, if you specified two  
copies in the driver and specify two  
copies on the control panel, a total  
of four copies of the job are printed.  
<JOB NAME X>  
PRINT  
Each individual job for the user is listed  
by name.  
PRINT AND  
DELETE  
Either the PRINT option or the PRINT  
AND DELETE option displays,  
DELETE  
depending on the type of jobs listed. If  
PRINT AND DELETE is displayed, all of  
the stored jobs are either Personal or  
Proof and Hold jobs. These jobs are  
deleted after they are printed. If PRINT  
is displayed, there is at least one Quick  
Copy or Standard stored job. If there are  
any Personal or Proof and Hold jobs  
they will be printed and deleted, even  
though the PRINT option was selected.  
COPIES  
When PRINT or PRINT AND DELETE  
is selected, a COPIES option allows you  
to specify the number of copies of the  
job to print. The default is 1 and the  
range is from 1 to 3,200.  
Information menu  
Use the INFORMATION menu to access and print specific product information.  
To display: Press the Home button , and then select the INFORMATION menu.  
Item  
Description  
PRINT MENU MAP  
Prints the control-panel menu map, which shows the layout and current  
settings of the control-panel menu items.  
PRINT CONFIGURATION  
Prints the product configuration pages, which show the printer settings and  
installed accessories.  
14 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
   
Item  
Description  
PRINT SUPPLIES STATUS PAGE  
Prints the approximate remaining life for the supplies; reports statistics on  
total number of pages and jobs processed, serial number, page counts, and  
maintenance information.  
HP provides approximations of the remaining life for the supplies as a  
customer convenience. The actual remaining supply levels might be different  
than the approximations provided.  
SUPPLIES STATUS  
PRINT USAGE PAGE  
Displays the approximate status of the print cartridges, transfer kit, fuser kit,  
and toner collection unit in a scrollable list. Press the OK button to open help  
for each item.  
Prints a count of all paper sizes that have passed through the product; lists  
whether they were simplex, duplex, monochrome, or color; and reports the  
page count.  
PRINT COLOR USAGE JOB LOG  
PRINT DEMO PAGE  
Prints the color-use statistics for the printer.  
Prints a demonstration page.  
PRINT RGB SAMPLES  
Prints color samples for different RGB values. Use the samples as a guide  
for matching printed colors.  
PRINT CMYK SAMPLES  
Prints color samples for different CMYK values. Use the samples as a guide  
for matching printed colors.  
PRINT FILE DIRECTORY  
PRINT PCL FONT LIST  
PRINT PS FONT LIST  
Prints the name and directory of files stored in the product.  
Prints the available PCL fonts.  
Prints the available PS fonts.  
Paper handling menu  
Use this menu to configure input trays by size and type. It is important to correctly configure the trays  
with this menu before you print for the first time. This menu also appears when you close Trays 2-5 and  
press the OK button after the prompt to set the paper size and type.  
To display: Press the Home button , and then select the PAPER HANDLING menu.  
NOTE: If you have used other HP LaserJet product models, you might be accustomed to configuring  
Tray 1 to First mode or Cassette mode. On HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CP4020-CP4520 Series  
printers, setting Tray 1 to ANY SIZE and ANY TYPE is equivalent to First mode. Setting Tray 1 to a  
setting other than ANY SIZE or ANY TYPE is equivalent to Cassette mode.  
Menu item  
Value  
Description  
TRAY 1 SIZE  
A list of available sizes appears.  
Allows you to configure the paper size for  
Tray 1. The default is ANY SIZE. See  
complete list of available sizes.  
TRAY 1 TYPE  
A list of available types appears.  
Allows you to configure the paper type for  
Tray 1. The default is ANY TYPE. See  
complete list of available types.  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 15  
       
Menu item  
Value  
Description  
TRAY <X> SIZE  
X = 2 or optional 3, 4, or 5  
A list of available sizes appears.  
Allows you to configure the paper size for  
Tray 2 or optional Tray 3, 4, or 5. These  
trays can detect the paper size by the  
guides in the tray. See Supported paper  
sizes on page 83 for a complete list of  
available sizes.  
TRAY <X> TYPE  
A list of available types appears.  
Allows you to configure the paper type for  
Tray 2 or optional Tray 3, 4, or 5. The default  
on page 85 for a complete list of available  
types.  
X = 2 or optional 3, 4, or 5  
Manage supplies menu  
Use this menu to configure how the product alerts you when supplies are approaching the estimated  
end of life.  
To display: Press the Home button , and then select the MANAGE SUPPLIES menu.  
NOTE: Values that have an asterisk (*) are the factory-default values. Some menu items have no  
default.  
Menu item  
Sub-menu item  
Values  
Description  
AT VERY LOW  
BLACK CARTRIDGE  
STOP  
Select what the product should  
do when the print cartridge is very  
near the end of its estimated life.  
PROMPT TO CONTINUE*  
CONTINUE  
STOP: The product stops until  
you replace the cartridge.  
PROMPT TO CONTINUE: The  
product stops until you clear the  
prompt message. After the  
prompt message is cleared, there  
will not be another message  
indicating that the supply needs  
to be replaced.  
CONTINUE: The product  
provides an alert message, but it  
continues printing. There will not  
be another message indicating  
that the supply needs to be  
replaced.  
16 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
   
Menu item  
Sub-menu item  
Values  
Description  
COLOR CARTRIDGES  
STOP  
Select what the product should  
do when the print cartridge is very  
near the end of its estimated life.  
PROMPT TO CONTINUE*  
CONTINUE  
STOP: The product stops until  
you replace the cartridge.  
PRINT IN BLACK  
PROMPT TO CONTINUE: The  
product stops until you clear the  
prompt message.  
CONTINUE: The product  
provides an alert message, but it  
continues printing.  
PRINT IN BLACK: The product  
prints in black when a color  
cartridge is near the end of its  
estimated life.  
TRANSFER KIT  
STOP  
STOP: The product stops until  
you replace the transfer kit.  
PROMPT TO CONTINUE*  
CONTINUE  
PROMPT TO CONTINUE: The  
product stops until you clear the  
prompt message.  
CONTINUE: The product  
provides an alert message, but it  
continues printing.  
FUSER KIT  
STOP  
STOP: The product stops until  
you replace the fuser kit.  
PROMPT TO CONTINUE*  
CONTINUE  
PROMPT TO CONTINUE: The  
product stops until you clear the  
prompt message.  
CONTINUE: The product  
provides an alert message, but it  
continues printing.  
TONER COLLECTION UNIT  
STOP*  
STOP: The product stops until  
you replace the toner collection  
unit.  
PROMPT TO CONTINUE  
CONTINUE  
PROMPT TO CONTINUE: The  
product stops until you clear the  
prompt message.  
CONTINUE: The product  
provides an alert message, but it  
continues printing.  
NOTE: Using a Toner  
collection unit after a prompt or  
alert message might result in  
toner leakage, especially when  
replacing the Toner collection  
unit.  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 17  
Menu item  
Sub-menu item  
Values  
Description  
USER DEFINED LOW  
YELLOW CARTRIDGE  
MAGENTA CARTRIDGE  
CYAN CARTRIDGE  
BLACK CARTRIDGE  
TRANSFER KIT  
Range from 0–100%  
Use the arrow buttons to enter  
the percentage of estimated  
cartridge life at which you want  
the product to alert you that the  
cartridge is low.  
Range from 0–100%  
Default is 2%  
Use the arrow buttons to enter  
the percentage of estimated  
cartridge life at which you want  
the product to alert you.  
FUSER KIT  
Range from 0–100%  
Default is 2%  
Use the arrow buttons to enter  
the percentage of estimated  
cartridge life at which you want  
the product to alert you.  
SUPPLY MESSAGES  
LOW MESSAGE  
ON*  
Select how the product displays  
the supply information.  
OFF  
LOW MESSAGE: Determines  
whether or not a low supply  
message is displayed on the  
control panel.  
LEVEL GAUGE  
ON*  
LEVEL GAUGE: Determines  
whether or not a supply level  
gauge appears on the control  
panel.  
OFF  
APPROXIMATE PAGES  
ON*  
APPROXIMATE PAGES:  
Determines whether or not the  
approximate pages remaining is  
displayed in the low supply  
messages.  
OFF  
18 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
Menu item  
Sub-menu item  
Values  
Description  
RESTRICT COLOR USE  
ENABLE COLOR*  
COLOR IF ALLOWED  
DISABLE COLOR  
This menu item controls the  
authorization of color printing.  
DISABLE COLOR: All jobs sent  
to the product print only in  
monochrome.  
ENABLE COLOR: All color  
pages sent to the product print in  
color.  
COLOR IF ALLOWED: A  
permissions database is  
referenced to verify if color pages  
are printed in color or  
monochrome.  
COLOR/BLACK MIX  
AUTO*  
These menu selections allow you  
to balance the trade-off between  
supply life and performance.  
MOSTLY COLOR PAGES  
MOSTLY BLACK PAGES  
AUTO: The product software  
uses an algorithm based on  
printing data to achieve the best  
output.  
MOSTLY COLOR PAGES: This  
selection provides the highest  
performance. If most of the  
printing is in color, this selection  
will not negatively affect supply  
life.  
MOSTLY BLACK PAGES: This  
selection conserves the most  
supply life and is the best choice  
if most of the printing is done in  
black and white.  
Configure device menu  
The CONFIGURE DEVICE menu allows you to change the default printing settings, adjust the print  
quality, change the system configuration and I/O options, and reset the default settings.  
Printing menu  
These settings affect only jobs without identified properties. Most jobs identify all of the properties and  
override the values set from this menu.  
To display: Press the Home button , select the CONFIGURE DEVICE menu, and then select the  
PRINTING menu.  
NOTE: Values that have an asterisk (*) are the factory-default values. Some menu items have no  
default.  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 19  
     
Menu item  
COPIES  
Sub-menu item  
Values  
Description  
Range: 1 - 32000  
Allows you to set the default  
number of copies for print jobs.  
The default number is 1.  
DEFAULT PAPER SIZE  
A list of available sizes  
appears. See Supported  
Allows you to set the default  
paper size.  
DEFAULT CUSTOM PAPER  
SIZE  
UNIT OF MEASURE  
Allows you to set the default size  
for any custom print job that  
does not specify the dimensions.  
The default unit of measure is  
MILLIMETERS.  
X DIMENSION  
Y DIMENSION  
DUPLEX  
OFF*  
Allows you to enable or disable  
two-sided printing.  
ON  
NOTE: This menu is available  
only on models that have  
automatic duplexing.  
DUPLEX BINDING  
OVERRIDE A4/LETTER  
LONG EDGE*  
Allows you to change the binding  
edge for two-sided printing.  
SHORT EDGE  
NOTE: This menu is available  
only on models that have  
automatic duplexing.  
NO  
Allows you to set the product to  
print an A4 job on letter-size  
paper when no tray is configured  
for A4 paper, or to print on A4-  
size paper when no tray is  
YES*  
configured for letter paper.  
MANUAL FEED  
COURIER FONT  
OFF*  
Setting this option to ON makes  
MANUAL FEED the default for  
jobs that do not select a tray. The  
Autoselect option in the printer  
driver overrides this option.  
ON  
REGULAR*  
Allows you to select a version of  
the Courier font.  
DARK  
The DARK setting is an internal  
Courier font available on HP  
LaserJet Series III printers and  
older.  
WIDE A4  
NO *  
Allows you to change the  
printable area of A4 paper. If you  
select NO, the printable area is  
seventy-eight 10-pitch  
YES  
characters on a single line. If you  
select YES, the printable area is  
eighty 10-pitch characters on a  
single line.  
20 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
Menu item  
Sub-menu item  
Values  
Description  
PRINT PS ERRORS  
OFF*  
Allows you to select to print PS  
error pages.  
ON  
PRINT PDF ERRORS  
OFF*  
Allows you to select to print PDF  
error pages.  
ON  
PCL sub-menu  
This menu configures settings for the printer control language.  
To display: Press the Home button , select the CONFIGURE DEVICE menu, select the PRINTING  
menu, and then select the PCL menu.  
NOTE: Values that have an asterisk (*) are the factory-default values. Some menu items have no  
default.  
Item  
Values  
Description  
FORM LENGTH  
ORIENTATION  
Range: 5-128 lines  
PORTRAIT*  
Sets vertical spacing for default paper size. The default is 60.  
Allows you to set the default page orientation to portrait or  
landscape.  
LANDSCAPE  
FONT SOURCE  
FONT NUMBER  
FONT PITCH  
A list of available font sources Selects the font source. The default is INTERNAL.  
displays.  
Range: 0-102  
The product assigns a number to each font and lists the  
numbers on the PCL font list. The default is 0.  
Range: 0.44-99.99  
Range: 4.00-999.75  
Selects the font pitch. This item might not appear, depending  
on the font selected. The default is 10.00.  
FONT POINT SIZE  
SYMBOL SET  
Selects the font point size. The default is 12.00.  
A list of available symbol sets Selects any one of several available symbol sets at the  
displays.  
product control panel. A symbol set is a unique grouping of  
all the characters in a font. PC-8 or PC-850 is recommended  
for line-draw characters. The default is PC-8.  
APPEND CR TO LF  
NO*  
Select YES to append a carriage return to each line-feed that  
is encountered in backward-compatible PCL jobs (pure text,  
no job control). Some environments indicate a new line by  
only the line-feed control code. Use this option to append the  
required carriage return to each line feed.  
YES  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 21  
 
Item  
Values  
Description  
SUPPRESS BLANK PAGES NO*  
When generating your own PCL, extra form feeds are  
included that would cause a blank page to be printed. Select  
YES for form feeds to be ignored if the page is blank.  
YES  
MEDIA SOURCE MAPPING  
STANDARD*  
CLASSIC  
The PCL5 MEDIA SOURCE MAPPING command selects an  
input tray by a number that maps to the various available  
trays and feeders.  
The STANDARD numbering is based on newer  
HP LaserJet printers with updated changes to the  
numbering of trays and feeders.  
The CLASSIC numbering is based on HP LaserJet 4  
printers and earlier models.  
22 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
Print Quality menu  
To display: Press the Home button , select the CONFIGURE DEVICE menu, and then select the  
PRINT QUALITY menu.  
NOTE: Values that have an asterisk (*) are the factory-default values. Some menu items have no  
default.  
Item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Values  
Description  
ADJUST COLOR  
HIGHLIGHTS  
CYAN DENSITY  
Range from +5 to  
–5. Default is 0.  
Adjust the darkness or lightness of highlights  
on a printed page. Lower values represent  
lighter highlights on a printed page, and  
higher values represent darker highlights on  
a printed page.  
MAGENTA  
DENSITY  
YELLOW DENSITY  
BLACK DENSITY  
CYAN DENSITY  
MIDTONES  
Range from +5 to  
–5. Default is 0.  
Adjust the darkness or lightness of midtones  
on a printed page. Lower values represent  
lighter midtones on a printed page, and  
higher values represent darker midtones on  
a printed page.  
MAGENTA  
DENSITY  
YELLOW DENSITY  
BLACK DENSITY  
CYAN DENSITY  
SHADOWS  
Range from +5 to  
–5. Default is 0.  
Adjust the darkness or lightness of shadows  
on a printed page. Lower values represent  
lighter shadows on a printed page, and  
higher values represent darker shadows on  
a printed page.  
MAGENTA  
DENSITY  
YELLOW DENSITY  
BLACK DENSITY  
RESTORE COLOR  
VALUES  
Restore the color settings by resetting the  
density values of each color.  
SET REGISTRATION  
For each tray, setting the registration shifts  
the margin alignment to center the image on  
the page from top to bottom and from left to  
right. You can also align the image on the  
front with the image printed on the back.  
ADJUST TRAY <X>  
Perform the alignment procedure for each  
tray.  
When it creates an image, the product scans  
across the page from side to side as the  
sheet feeds from top to bottom into the  
product.  
PRINT TEST PAGE  
Print a test page and instructions for setting  
the registration of the image location.  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 23  
 
Item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
X1 SHIFT  
Y1 SHIFT  
X2 SHIFT  
Y2 SHIFT  
Values  
Description  
Range: -5 mm to  
+5 mm  
The scan direction is referred to as X. X1 is  
the scan direction for a single-sided page or  
for the second side of a two-sided page. X2  
is the scan direction for the first side of a two-  
sided page.  
The feed direction is referred to as Y. Y1 is  
the feed direction for a single-sided page or  
for the second side of a two-sided page. Y2  
is the feed direction for the first side of a two-  
sided page.  
AUTO SENSE MODE TRAY 1 SENSING  
FULL SENSING  
Sets the sensing option for Tray 1 for paper  
types using AUTO SENSE mode.  
EXPANDED  
SENSING*  
When FULL SENSING is selected, the  
product senses every page and switches  
modes accordingly. The product can  
distinguish light paper, plain paper, heavy  
paper, glossy paper, tough paper, or  
transparencies. Using this mode  
TRANSPARENCY  
ONLY  
significantly reduces print speed. Use it only  
when you are printing on mixed paper types.  
When EXPANDED SENSING is selected,  
the product senses only the first page and  
assumes the rest of the pages are the same  
type. The product can distinguish light  
paper, plain paper, heavy paper, glossy  
paper, tough paper, or transparencies.  
When TRANSPARENCY ONLY is selected,  
the product senses only the first page. The  
product can distinguish transparencies from  
other paper types.  
TRAY <X> SENSING  
EXPANDED  
Sets the sensing option for Trays 2-5 for  
SENSING*  
paper types using AUTO SENSE mode.  
TRANSPARENCY  
ONLY  
When EXPANDED SENSING is selected,  
the product senses only the first few pages  
and assumes the rest of the pages are the  
same type. The product can distinguish light  
paper, plain paper, heavy paper, glossy  
paper, tough paper, or transparencies. The  
product senses the paper type when you  
turn it on and after you open and close a tray.  
When TRANSPARENCY ONLY is selected,  
the product senses only the first page. The  
product can distinguish transparencies from  
other paper types.  
24 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
Item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Values  
Description  
ADJUST PAPER  
TYPES  
A list of paper types  
displays.  
PRINT MODE  
A list of print modes Configure the print mode that is associated  
displays.  
with each media type.  
RESISTANCE  
MODE  
HUMIDITY MODE  
PRE-ROTATION  
MODE  
FUSER TEMP  
MODE  
PAPER CURL  
MODE  
RESTORE MODES  
Use this feature to return all paper type-  
mode settings to the factory-default settings.  
OPTIMIZE  
A list of available  
options displays.  
Allows you to optimize various print modes  
to address print quality issues.  
RESTORE OPTIMIZE  
Use this feature to return all the settings in  
the OPTIMIZE menu to the factory-default  
values.  
QUICK CALIBRATE  
NOW  
Performs a partial product calibration.  
FULL CALIBRATE  
NOW  
Performs all product calibrations.  
DELAY  
CALIBRATION AT  
WAKE/POWER-ON  
NO  
This menu controls the timing of the  
calibration when the product wakes up or is  
turned on.  
YES*  
Select NO to have the product calibrate  
immediately when it wakes up or is  
turned on. The product will not print any  
jobs until it finishes calibrating.  
Select YES to enable a product that is  
asleep to accept print jobs before it  
calibrates. It may start calibrating  
before it has printed all the jobs it has  
received. This option allows quicker  
printing when coming out of sleep  
mode or when you turn the product on,  
but print quality might be reduced.  
NOTE: For best results, allow the product  
to calibrate before printing. Print jobs  
performed before calibration might not be of  
the highest quality.  
RESOLUTION  
Image REt 3600*  
Sets the resolution at which the product  
prints. The default value is Image REt  
3600. Try the 1200x1200 dpi setting to  
improve printing for detailed line work or  
small text.  
1200x1200 dpi  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 25  
Item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Values  
Description  
EDGE CONTROL  
OFF  
The Edge Control setting determines how  
edges are rendered. Edge control has two  
components: adaptive halftoning and  
trapping. Adaptive halftoning increases  
edge sharpness. Trapping reduces the  
effect of color-plane misregistration by  
overlapping the edges of adjacent objects  
slightly.  
LIGHT  
NORMAL*  
MAXIMUM  
OFF turns off both trapping and  
adaptive halftoning.  
LIGHT sets trapping at a minimal level,  
and adaptive halftoning is on.  
NORMAL is the default trapping  
setting. Trapping is at a medium level  
and adaptive halftoning is on.  
MAXIMUM is the most aggressive  
trapping setting. Adaptive halftoning is  
on.  
AUTO CLEANING  
OFF*  
ON  
When auto-cleaning is on, the product prints  
a cleaning page when the page count  
reaches the CLEANING INTERVAL setting.  
CLEANING  
INTERVAL  
500*  
Specify the number of pages that are printed  
before a cleaning page is automatically  
printed. This item appears only when the  
AUTO CLEANING option is set to ON.  
1000  
2000  
5000  
10000  
20000  
LETTER*  
A4  
AUTO CLEANING  
SIZE  
Specify the paper size that is used to print  
the cleaning page. This item appears only  
when the AUTO CLEANING option is set to  
ON.  
CREATE CLEANING  
PAGE  
Prints a page of instructions for cleaning  
excess toner off the pressure roller in the  
fuser.  
NOTE: This option is available only for the  
HP Color LaserJet CP4025n printer and the  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525n printer.  
PROCESS  
CLEANING PAGE  
Allows you to create and process a cleaning  
page for cleaning the pressure roller in the  
fuser. When the cleaning process runs, a  
cleaning page is printed. This page can be  
discarded.  
NOTE: For the HP Color LaserJet  
CP4025n printer and the HP Color LaserJet  
CP4525n printer, you must first select the  
CREATE CLEANING PAGE option.  
26 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
System setup menu  
Use the SYSTEM SETUP menu to change product-configuration defaults such as sleep mode, product  
personality (language), and jam recovery.  
To display: Press the Home button , select the CONFIGURE DEVICE menu, and then select the  
SYSTEM SETUP menu.  
NOTE: Values that have an asterisk (*) are the factory-default values. Some menu items have no  
default.  
Item  
Sub-item  
DATE  
Values  
Description  
DATE/TIME  
- - - - /[MMM]/[DD] YEAR =  
[YYYY]/- - - /[DD] MONTH=  
[YYYY]/[MMM]/- - DAY=  
YYYY/MMM/DD*  
Allows you to set the correct date.  
The range for the year is 2008 to  
2037.  
DATE FORMAT  
Allows you to choose the order in  
which the year, month, and day  
appear in the date.  
MMM/DD/YYYY  
DD/MMM/YYYY  
TIME  
- - :[MM] [PM] HOUR =  
[HH]: - - [PM] MINUTE=  
[HH]:[MM] - - AM/PM=  
Allows you to select from various  
configurations for the TIME format.  
Different wizards appear  
depending on the TIME FORMAT  
selected.  
TIME FORMAT  
12 HOUR*  
Allows you to select 12 HOUR or  
24 HOUR format.  
24 HOUR  
JOB STORAGE LIMIT  
JOB HELD TIMEOUT  
Continuous value  
Range: 1–100  
Default = 32  
Allows you to specify the number  
of Quick Copy jobs that can be  
stored on the product. The default  
value is 32. The maximum allowed  
value is 100.  
OFF*  
Allows you to set the amount of  
time that Quick Copy jobs are kept  
before being automatically deleted  
from the queue. This menu item  
only appears when a hard disk is  
installed.  
1 HOUR  
4 HOURS  
1 DAY  
1 WEEK  
AUTO  
SHOW ADDRESS  
TRAY BEHAVIOR  
This item determines whether the  
product’s IP address is shown on  
the display with the Ready  
message.  
OFF*  
Use this menu to control how the  
product handles paper trays and  
related prompts at the control  
panel.  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 27  
 
Item  
Sub-item  
Values  
Description  
USE REQUESTED TRAY  
EXCLUSIVELY*  
FIRST  
USE REQUESTED TRAY handles  
jobs that have specified a specific  
input tray. Two options are  
available:  
EXCLUSIVELY: The product  
never selects a different tray  
when the user has indicated  
that a specific tray should be  
used, even if that tray is  
empty.  
FIRST: The product can pull  
from another tray if the  
specified tray is empty, even  
though the user specifically  
indicated a tray for the job.  
MANUALLY FEED PROMPT ALWAYS*  
UNLESS LOADED  
This option controls whether a  
manual feed message should  
appear when the type or size for a  
job does not match the size or type  
configured for Tray 1. Two options  
are available:  
ALWAYS: A prompt always  
appears before printing a  
manual-feed job.  
UNLESS LOADED: A  
message appears only if the  
multipurpose tray is empty or  
does not match the size or  
type of the job.  
PS DEFER MEDIA  
ENABLED*  
This option affects how paper is  
handled when printing from an  
Adobe PS print driver.  
DISABLED  
ENABLED uses HP’s paper-  
handling model.  
DISABLED uses the Adobe  
PS paper-handling model.  
SIZE/TYPE PROMPT  
DISPLAY*  
This option controls whether the  
tray configuration message  
DO NOT DISPLAY  
appears whenever a tray is closed.  
Two options are available:  
DISPLAY: This option shows  
the tray configuration  
message when a tray is  
closed. You can configure the  
tray size or type directly from  
this message.  
DO NOT DISPLAY: This  
option prevents the tray  
configuration message from  
automatically appearing.  
28 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
Item  
Sub-item  
Values  
Description  
USE ANOTHER TRAY  
ENABLED*  
DISABLED  
This option turns on or off the  
control-panel prompt to select  
another tray when the specified  
tray is empty.  
ALTERNATIVE  
LETTERHEAD MODE  
ON  
When this option is ON you can  
load letterhead or preprinted paper  
the same way for every job,  
whether printing on one or both  
sides of the page.  
OFF*  
NOTE: This option is available  
only for models that have  
automatic duplexing.  
DUPLEX BLANK PAGES  
AUTO*  
This option controls how the  
product handles two-sided jobs  
(duplexing). Two options are  
available:  
YES  
AUTO: Enables Smart  
Duplexing, which instructs  
the product not to process  
both sides if the second side  
is blank. Letterhead and  
prepunched paper types are  
exceptions. This can improve  
print speed.  
YES: Disables Smart  
Duplexing and forces the  
duplexer to flip the sheet of  
paper even if it is printed on  
only one side.  
NOTE: This option is available  
only for models that have  
automatic duplexing.  
IMAGE ROTATION  
STANDARD *  
ALTERNATE  
1 MINUTE  
Select the ALTERNATE setting if  
you are having trouble aligning  
images on preprinted forms.  
SLEEP DELAY  
Reduces power consumption  
when the product has been  
inactive for the selected period.  
3 MINUTES  
5 MINUTES  
10 MINUTES  
15 MINUTES  
30 MINUTES*  
45 MINUTES  
60 MINUTES  
90 MINUTES  
2 HOURS  
NOTE: The SLEEP MODE  
setting in the RESETS menu must  
be on.  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 29  
Item  
Sub-item  
Values  
OFF*  
Description  
WAKE TIME  
<DAY OF THE WEEK>  
Select the CUSTOM option to  
configure the daily wake time for  
the product to avoid warm-up or  
calibration time. Select a day of the  
week, set the wake time for that  
day, and then choose whether the  
wake time should be applied to all  
days of the week.  
CUSTOM  
OPTIMUM SPEED/ENERGY  
USAGE  
FASTER FIRST PAGE*  
SAVE ENERGY  
Controls the fuser cool down  
behavior.  
FASTER FIRST PAGE: The fuser  
maintains power and the first page  
processes faster for any new job  
that is sent to the product.  
SAVE MORE ENERGY  
SAVE MOST ENERGY  
SAVE ENERGY: The fuser  
reduces power when it is idle.  
SAVE MORE ENERGY: The fuser  
reduces more power than the  
SAVE ENERGY option.  
SAVE MOST ENERGY: The fuser  
is turned off and it gradually cools  
to room temperature. The SAVE  
MOST ENERGY option takes the  
longest time to print the first page.  
DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS  
PERSONALITY  
Range is –10 through 10.  
Sets the brightness of the control  
panel display. The default is 0. This  
item also controls the viewing  
angle at which the display is  
visible.  
AUTO*  
PCL  
PDF  
PS  
Sets the default personality to  
automatic switching, PCL, PDF, or  
PS modes.  
CLEARABLE WARNINGS  
JOB*  
ON  
Sets whether a warning is cleared  
on the control panel or when  
another job is sent.  
JOB: The warning message  
disappears at the end of the  
job.  
ON: The warning message  
remains until you press the  
OK button.  
30 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
Item  
Sub-item  
Values  
OFF  
Description  
AUTO CONTINUE  
Determines product behavior  
when the system generates an  
Auto Continuable error.  
ON*  
ON: Allows the product to  
continue printing.  
OFF: Stops the product from  
printing until the error is  
cleared by the user.  
JAM RECOVERY  
AUTO*  
OFF  
Sets whether the product will  
attempt to reprint pages after a  
jam. If you select AUTO, the  
product reprints pages if enough  
memory is available for full-speed  
two-sided printing.  
ON  
RAM DISK  
AUTO*  
Sets how the RAM disk feature is  
configured. This is only available if  
there is no hard disk installed and  
the printer has at least 8 MB of  
memory.  
OFF  
If the AUTO setting is enabled, the  
product determines the optimal  
RAM disk size based on the  
amount of available memory.  
If the OFF setting is enabled, the  
RAM disk is disabled, but a  
minimal RAM disk is still active.  
LANGUAGE  
A listing of available languages  
appears.  
Sets the language. The default  
language is ENGLISH.  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 31  
I/O menu  
Items on the I/O (input/output) menu affect the communication between the product and the computer.  
If the product contains an HP Jetdirect print server, you can configure basic networking parameters by  
using this submenu. You can also configure these and other parameters through HP Web Jetadmin or  
the embedded Web server.  
For more information on these options, see Connect to a network on page 68.  
To display: Press the Home button , select the CONFIGURE DEVICE menu, and then select the I/  
O menu.  
NOTE: Values that have an asterisk (*) are the factory-default values. Some menu items have no  
default.  
Item  
Sub-item  
Values  
Description  
I/O TIMEOUT  
Range: 5 - 300  
Allows you to set the product I/O  
TIMEOUT in seconds. The default  
is 15 seconds.  
Use this setting to adjust timeout  
for the best performance. If data  
from other ports appears in the  
middle of your print job, increase  
the timeout value.  
EMBEDDED JETDIRECT MENU See the next table for a list of options.  
Table 2-1 Embedded Jetdirect menu  
Item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
ENABLE  
Sub-item  
YES*  
Description  
INFORMATION  
PRINT SEC PAGE  
YES: Prints a page that contains the current  
security settings on the HP Jetdirect print  
server.  
NO  
NO: A security settings page is not printed.  
ON: Enable the TCP/IP protocol.  
TCP/IP  
ON*  
OFF  
OFF: Disable the TCP/IP protocol.  
HOST NAME  
An alphanumeric string, up to 32 characters,  
used to identify the product. This name is  
listed on the HP Jetdirect configuration page.  
The default host name is NPIxxxxxx, where  
xxxxxx is the last six digits of the LAN  
hardware (MAC) address.  
32 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
         
Table 2-1 Embedded Jetdirect menu (continued)  
Item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
BOOTP  
DHCP*  
Description  
IPV4 SETTINGS  
CONFIG METHOD  
Specifies the method that TCP/IPv4  
parameters will be configured on the  
HP Jetdirect print server.  
AUTO IP  
MANUAL  
Use BOOTP (Bootstrap Protocol) for  
automatic configuration from a BootP server.  
Use DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration  
Protocol) for automatic configuration from a  
DHCPv4 server. If selected and a DHCP  
lease exists, DHCP RELEASE and DHCP  
RENEW menus are available to set DHCP  
lease options.  
Use AUTO IP for automatic link-local IPv4  
addressing. An address in the form  
169.254.x.x is assigned automatically.  
If you set this option to MANUAL, use the  
MANUAL SETTINGS menu to configure  
TCP/IPv4 parameters.  
MANUAL  
SETTINGS  
IP ADDRESS  
(Available only if CONFIG METHOD is set to  
MANUAL) Configure parameters directly  
from the product control panel:  
SUBNET MASK  
DEFAULT  
GATEWAY  
IP ADDRESS: The unique IP address  
(n.n.n.n) of the product, where n is a value  
from 0 to 255.  
SUBNET MASK: The subnet mask (n.n.n.n)  
for the product, where n is a value from 0 to  
255.  
DEFAULT GATEWAY: The IP address of the  
gateway or router used for communications  
with other networks.  
DEFAULT IP  
AUTO IP*  
Specify the IP address to default to when the  
print server is unable to obtain an IP address  
from the network during a forced TCP/IP  
reconfiguration (for example, when manually  
configured to use BootP or DHCP).  
LEGACY  
NOTE: This feature assigns a static IP  
address that might interfere with a managed  
network.  
AUTO IP: A link-local IP address 169.254.x.x  
is set.  
LEGACY: The address 192.0.0.192 is set,  
consistent with older HP Jetdirect products.  
DHCP RELEASE  
NO*  
This menu appears if CONFIG METHOD is  
set to DHCP and a DHCP lease for the print  
server exists.  
YES  
NO: The current DHCP lease is saved.  
YES: The current DHCP lease and the leased  
IP address are released.  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 33  
 
Table 2-1 Embedded Jetdirect menu (continued)  
Item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
NO*  
Description  
DHCP RENEW  
This menu appears if CONFIG METHOD is  
set to DHCP and a DHCP lease for the print  
server exists.  
YES  
NO: The print server does not request to  
renew the DHCP lease.  
YES: The print server requests to renew the  
current DHCP lease.  
PRIMARY DNS  
Specify the IP address (n.n.n.n) of a Primary  
DNS Server.  
SECONDARY DNS  
Specify the IP address (n.n.n.n) of a  
Secondary Domain Name System (DNS)  
Server.  
IPV6 SETTINGS  
ENABLE  
ON  
Use this item to enable or disable IPv6  
operation on the print server.  
OFF*  
OFF: IPv6 is disabled.  
ON: IPv6 is enabled.  
ADDRESS  
MANUAL  
SETTINGS  
Use this item to enable and manually  
configure a TCP/IPv6 address.  
ENABLE  
ADDRESS  
ENABLE: Choose ON to enable manual  
configuration, or OFF to disable manual  
configuration. The default is OFF.  
ADDRESS: Use this item to type a 32  
hexadecimal digit IPv6 node address that  
uses the colon hexadecimal syntax.  
DHCPV6 POLICY  
ROUTER  
SPECIFIED  
ROUTER SPECIFIED: The stateful auto-  
configuration method to be used by the print  
server is determined by a router. The router  
specifies whether the print server obtains its  
address, its configuration information, or both  
from a DHCPv6 server.  
ROUTER  
UNAVAILABLE*  
ALWAYS  
ROUTER UNAVAILABLE: If a router is not  
available, the print server should attempt to  
obtain its stateful configuration from a  
DHCPv6 server.  
ALWAYS: Whether or not a router is  
available, the print server always attempts to  
obtain its stateful configuration from a  
DHCPv6 server.  
PRIMARY DNS  
Use this item to specify an IPv6 address for a  
primary DNS server that the print server  
should use.  
SECONDARY DNS  
Use this item to specify an IPv6 address for a  
secondary DNS server that the print server  
should use.  
34 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
   
Table 2-1 Embedded Jetdirect menu (continued)  
Item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Description  
PROXY SERVER  
Specifies the proxy server to be used by  
embedded applications in the product. A  
proxy server is typically used by network  
clients for Internet access. It caches Web  
pages, and provides a degree of Internet  
security, for those clients.  
To specify a proxy server, enter its IPv4  
address or fully-qualified domain name. The  
name can be up to 255 octets.  
For some networks, you might need to  
contact your Internet Service Provider (ISP)  
for the proxy server address.  
PROXY PORT  
IDLE TIMEOUT  
Type the port number used by the proxy  
server for client support. The port number  
identifies the port reserved for proxy activity  
on your network, and can be a value from 0  
to 65535.  
IDLE TIMEOUT: The time period, in seconds,  
after which an idle TCP print data connection  
is closed (default is 270 seconds, 0 disables  
the timeout).  
IPX/SPX  
ENABLE  
ON*  
ON: Enable the IPX/SPX protocol.  
OFF: Disable the IPX/SPX protocol.  
OFF  
FRAME TYPE  
AUTO*  
EN_8023  
EN_II  
Selects the frame-type setting for your  
network.  
AUTO: Automatically sets and limits the  
frame type to the first one detected.  
EN_8022  
EN_SNAP  
EN_8023, EN_II, EN_8022, and EN_SNAP  
are frame-type selections for Ethernet  
networks.  
APPLETALK  
DLC/LLC  
ENABLE  
ON*  
OFF  
ON*  
OFF  
Configures an AppleTalk network.  
ENABLE  
ON: Enable the DLC/LLC protocol.  
OFF: Disable the DLC/LLC protocol.  
SECURITY  
SECURE WEB  
HTTPS REQUIRED* For configuration management, specify  
whether the embedded Web server will  
HTTPS OPTIONAL  
accept communications using HTTPS  
(Secure HTTP) only, or both HTTP and  
HTTPS.  
HTTPS REQUIRED: For secure, encrypted  
communications, only HTTPS access is  
accepted. The print server will appear as a  
secure site.  
HTTPS OPTIONAL: Access using either  
HTTP or HTTPS is permitted.  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 35  
     
Table 2-1 Embedded Jetdirect menu (continued)  
Item  
Sub-item  
IPSEC  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
KEEP  
Description  
Specify the IPSec status on the print server.  
DISABLE*  
KEEP: IPSec status remains the same as  
currently configured.  
DISABLE: IPSec operation on the print  
server is disabled.  
802.1X  
RESET  
Specify whether the 802.1X settings on the  
print server are reset to the factory defaults.  
KEEP*  
RESET: The 802.1X settings are reset to the  
factory defaults.  
KEEP: The current 802.1X settings are  
maintained.  
RESET SECURITY  
YES  
Specify whether the current security settings  
on the print server will be saved or reset to  
factory defaults.  
NO*  
YES: Security settings are reset to factory  
defaults.  
NO: The current security settings are  
maintained.  
DIAGNOSTICS  
EMBEDDED TESTS  
This menu provides tests to help diagnose  
network hardware or TCP/IP network  
connection problems.  
Embedded tests help to identify whether a  
network fault is internal or external to the  
product. Use an embedded test to check  
hardware and communication paths on the  
print server. After you select and enable a test  
and set the execution time, you must select  
EXECUTE to initiate the test.  
Depending on the execution time, a selected  
test runs continuously until either the product  
is turned off, or an error occurs and a  
diagnostic page is printed.  
LAN HW TEST  
YES  
CAUTION: Running this embedded test will  
erase your TCP/IP configuration.  
NO*  
This test performs an internal loopback test.  
An internal loopback test will send and  
receive packets only on the internal network  
hardware. There are no external  
transmissions on your network.  
Select YES to choose this test, or NO to not  
choose it.  
HTTP TEST  
YES  
This test checks operation of HTTP by  
retrieving predefined pages from the product,  
and tests the embedded Web server.  
NO*  
Select YES to choose this test, or NO to not  
choose it.  
36 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
 
Table 2-1 Embedded Jetdirect menu (continued)  
Item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
YES  
Description  
SNMP TEST  
This test checks operation of SNMP  
communications by accessing predefined  
SNMP objects on the product.  
NO*  
Select YES to choose this test, or NO to not  
choose it.  
DATA PATH TEST  
YES  
This test helps to identify data path and  
corruption problems on an HP postscript level  
3 emulation product. It sends a predefined PS  
file to the product, However, the test is  
paperless; the file will not print.  
NO*  
Select YES to choose this test, or NO to not  
choose it.  
SELECT ALL  
TESTS  
YES  
Use this item to select all available embedded  
tests.  
NO*  
Select YES to choose all tests. Select NO to  
select individual tests.  
EXECUTION TIME  
[H]  
Use this item to specify the length of time (in  
hours) that an embedded test will be run. You  
can select a value from 0 to 24 hours. If you  
select zero (0), the test runs indefinitely until  
an error occurs or the product is turned off.  
Data gathered from the HTTP, SNMP, and  
Data Path tests is printed after the tests have  
completed.  
EXECUTE  
YES  
NO: Do not initiate the selected tests.  
YES: Initiate the selected tests.  
NO*  
PING TEST  
This test is used to check network  
communications. This test sends link-level  
packets to a remote network host, then waits  
for an appropriate response. To run a ping  
test, set the following items:  
DEST TYPE  
IPV4  
IPV6  
Specify whether the target product is an IPv4  
or IPv6 node.  
DEST IPV4  
DEST IPV6  
PACKET SIZE  
Type the IPv4 address.  
Type the IPv6 address.  
Specify the size of each packet, in bytes, to  
be sent to the remote host. The minimum is  
64 (default) and the maximum is 2048.  
TIMEOUT  
COUNT  
Specify the length of time, in seconds, to wait  
for a response from the remote host. The  
default is 1 and the maximum is 100.  
Specify the number of ping test packets to  
send for this test. Select a value from 0 to 100.  
The default is 4. To configure the test to run  
continuously, select 0.  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 37  
Table 2-1 Embedded Jetdirect menu (continued)  
Item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
YES  
Description  
PRINT RESULTS  
If the ping test was not set for continuous  
operation, you can choose to print the test  
results. Select YES to print results. If you  
select NO, results are not printed.  
NO*  
EXECUTE  
YES  
Specify whether to initiate the ping test.  
Select YES to initiate the test, or NO to not  
run the test.  
NO*  
PING RESULTS  
Use this item to view the ping test status and  
results using the control panel display. You  
can select the following items:  
PACKETS SENT  
Shows the number of packets (0 - 65535)  
sent to the remote host since the most recent  
test was initiated or completed. The default is  
0.  
PACKETS  
RECEIVED  
Shows the number of packets (0 - 65535)  
received from the remote host since the most  
recent test was initiated or completed. The  
default is 0.  
PERCENT LOST  
Shows the percent (0 to 100) of ping test  
packets that were sent with no response from  
the remote host since the most recent test  
was initiated or completed. The default is 0.  
RTT MIN  
Shows the minimum detected roundtrip-time  
(RTT), from 0 to 4096 milliseconds, for packet  
transmission and response. The default is 0.  
RTT MAX  
Shows the maximum detected roundtrip-time  
(RTT), from 0 to 4096 milliseconds, for packet  
transmission and response. The default is 0.  
RTT AVERAGE  
Shows the average round-trip-time (RTT),  
from 0 to 4096 milliseconds, for packet  
transmission and response. The default is 0.  
PING IN  
PROGRESS  
YES  
NO*  
YES  
NO*  
Shows whether a ping test is in progress.  
YES indicates a test in progress, and NO  
indicates that a test completed or was not run.  
REFRESH  
When viewing the ping test results, this item  
updates the ping test data with current  
results. Select YES to update the data, or  
NO to maintain the existing data. However, a  
refresh automatically occurs when the menu  
times out or you manually return to the main  
menu.  
LINK SPEED  
The link speed and communication mode of  
the print server must match the network. The  
available settings depend on the product and  
installed print server. Select one of the  
following link configuration settings:  
CAUTION: If you change the link setting,  
network communications with the print server  
and network product might be lost.  
38 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
 
Table 2-1 Embedded Jetdirect menu (continued)  
Item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Sub-item  
Description  
AUTO*  
The print server uses auto-negotiation to  
configure itself with the highest link speed  
and communication mode allowed. If auto-  
negotiation fails, either 100TX HALF or 10T  
HALF is set depending on the detected link  
speed of the hub/switch port. (A 1000T half-  
duplex selection is not supported.)  
10T HALF  
10 Mbps, half-duplex operation.  
10 Mbps, full-duplex operation.  
100 Mbps, half-duplex operation.  
100 Mbps, full-duplex operation.  
10T FULL  
100TX HALF  
100TX FULL  
100TX AUTO  
Limits auto-negotiation to a maximum link  
speed of 100 Mbps.  
1000T FULL  
1000 Mbps, full-duplex operation.  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 39  
Resets menu  
The RESETS menu allows you to reset factory settings, and disable or enable sleep mode.  
To display: Press the Home button , select the CONFIGURE DEVICE menu, and then select the  
RESETS menu.  
NOTE: Values that have an asterisk (*) are the factory-default values. Some menu items have no  
default.  
Item  
Sub-item  
Values  
Description  
RESTORE FACTORY  
SETTINGS  
Allows you to clear the page  
buffer, remove all perishable  
personality data, reset the  
printing environment, and return  
most settings to factory defaults.  
CALIBRATION RESET  
SLEEP MODE  
Resets calibration values on the  
formatter.  
OFF  
If SLEEP MODE is OFF, the  
product will never enter power  
save mode and no asterisk will  
appear next to any item when  
the user enters the menu item  
SLEEP DELAY.  
ON*  
Diagnostics menu  
The DIAGNOSTICS menu allows you to run tests that can help you identify and solve problems with  
the product.  
To display: Press the Home button , and then select the DIAGNOSTICS menu.  
NOTE: Values that have an asterisk (*) are the factory-default values. Some menu items have no  
default.  
Item  
Sub-item  
Values  
Description  
PRINT EVENT LOG  
Prints a report containing the last  
50 entries in the product’s event  
log, starting with the most recent.  
SHOW EVENT LOG  
Displays the last 50 events, starting  
with the most recent.  
PQ TROUBLESHOOTING  
Prints a page that includes  
instructions, pages for each color,  
a demo page, and a configuration  
page. These pages can help isolate  
print-quality problems.  
PRINT DIAGNOSTICS  
PAGE  
Prints a page that can assist in  
diagnosing product problems.  
DISABLE CARTRIDGE  
CHECK  
This item allows you to remove a  
print cartridge to help determine  
which cartridge is the source of a  
problem.  
40 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
   
Item  
Sub-item  
Values  
Description  
PAPER PATH SENSORS  
Performs a test on each of the  
product’s sensors to determine if  
they are working correctly and  
displays the status of each sensor.  
PAPER PATH TEST  
Tests the paper-handling features  
of the product, such as the  
configuration of the trays.  
PRINT TEST PAGE  
SOURCE  
Generates a page for testing the  
paper-handling features. You must  
define the path for the test in order  
to test specific paper paths.  
ALL TRAYS  
TRAY 1  
TRAY 2*  
TRAY 3  
TRAY 4  
TRAY 5  
OFF  
Specifies whether the test page is  
printed from all trays or from a  
specific tray.  
DUPLEX  
COPIES  
Determines whether the duplexer  
is included in the test.  
ON  
NOTE: This option is available  
only for models that have an  
automatic duplexer.  
1*  
Determines how many pages  
should be sent from the specified  
source as part of the test.  
10  
50  
100  
500  
MANUAL SENSOR TEST  
Performs tests to determine  
whether the paper path sensors are  
operating correctly.  
MANUAL SENSOR TEST  
2
Performs additional tests to  
determine whether the paper path  
sensors are operating correctly.  
COMPONENT TEST  
A list of available components  
appears.  
Activate individual parts  
independently to isolate noise,  
leaking, and other hardware  
issues.  
PRINT/STOP TEST  
Range is 0 - 60,000 milliseconds.  
The default is 0.  
Isolates print quality faults more  
accurately by stopping the product  
in mid-print cycle, which allows you  
to see where the image begins to  
degrade. This causes a jam  
message that might need to be  
manually cleared. A service  
representative should perform this  
test.  
ENWW  
Control panel menus 41  
Item  
Sub-item  
Values  
Description  
COLOR BAND TEST  
PRINT TEST PAGE  
Prints a color band test page that is  
used to identify arcing in the high-  
voltage power supply.  
COPIES  
Range is 1 to 30. The default value Specify how many copies of the  
is 1. internal page are printed.  
Service menu  
The SERVICE menu is locked and requires a PIN for access. This menu is intended for use by authorized  
service personnel.  
42 Chapter 2 Control panel menus  
ENWW  
 
Supported operating systems for Windows  
The product supports the following Windows operating systems:  
Windows XP (32-bit and 64-bit)  
Windows Server 2003 (32-bit and 64-bit)  
Windows Server 2008 (32-bit and 64-bit)  
Windows Vista (32-bit and 64-bit)  
Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit)  
44 Chapter 3 Software for Windows  
ENWW  
 
Supported printer drivers for Windows  
HP PCL 6 (this is the default printer driver)  
HP postscript emulation Universal Print Driver (HP UPD PS)  
HP PCL 5 Universal Print Driver (HP UPD PCL 5)  
The printer drivers include online Help that has instructions for common printing tasks and also describes  
the buttons, checkboxes, and drop-down lists that are in the printer driver.  
NOTE: For more information about the UPD, see www.hp.com/go/upd.  
ENWW  
Supported printer drivers for Windows 45  
 
Select the correct printer driver for Windows  
Printer drivers provide access to the product features and allow the computer to communicate with the  
product (using a printer language). The following printer drivers are available at www.hp.com/go/  
HP PCL 6 driver  
Provided as the default driver. This driver is automatically installed unless you  
select a different one.  
Recommended for all Windows environments  
Provides the overall best speed, print quality, and product-feature support for  
most users  
Developed to align with the Windows Graphic Device Interface (GDI) for the  
best speed in Windows environments  
Might not be fully compatible with third-party and custom software programs  
that are based on PCL 5  
Recommended for printing with Adobe® software programs or with other highly  
graphics-intensive software programs  
HP UPD PS driver  
HP UPD PCL 5  
Provides support for printing from postscript emulation needs, or for postscript  
flash font support  
Recommended for general office printing in Windows environments  
Compatible with previous PCL versions and older HP LaserJet products  
The best choice for printing from third-party or custom software programs  
The best choice when operating with mixed environments, which require the  
product to be set to PCL 5 (UNIX, Linux, mainframe)  
Designed for use in corporate Windows environments to provide a single driver  
for use with multiple printer models  
Preferred when printing to multiple printer models from a mobile Windows  
computer  
HP Universal Print Driver (UPD)  
The HP Universal Print Driver (UPD) for Windows is a single driver that gives you instant access to  
virtually any HP LaserJet product, from any location, without downloading separate drivers. It is built on  
proven HP print driver technology and has been tested thoroughly and used with many software  
programs. It is a powerful solution that performs consistently over time.  
The HP UPD communicates directly with each HP product, gathers configuration information, and then  
customizes the user interface to show the product’s unique, available features. It automatically enables  
features that are available for the product, such as two-sided printing and stapling, so you do not need  
to enable them manually.  
For more information, go to www.hp.com/go/upd.  
46 Chapter 3 Software for Windows  
ENWW  
   
UPD installation modes  
Traditional mode  
Use this mode if you are installing the driver from a CD for a single computer.  
When installed from the CD that comes with the product, UPD operates like  
traditional printer drivers. It operates with a specific product.  
If you use this mode, you must install UPD separately for each computer and  
for each product.  
Dynamic mode  
To use this mode, download UPD from the Internet. See www.hp.com/go/  
upd.  
Dynamic mode allows you touse a single driver installation, so you can discover  
and print to HP products in any location.  
Use this mode if you are installing UPD for a workgroup.  
ENWW  
Select the correct printer driver for Windows 47  
 
Priority for print settings  
Changes to print settings are prioritized depending on where the changes are made:  
NOTE: The names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software program.  
Page Setup dialog box: Click Page Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program  
you are working in to open this dialog box. Settings changed here override settings changed  
anywhere else.  
Print dialog box: Click Print, Print Setup, or a similar command on the File menu of the program  
you are working in to open this dialog box. Settings changed in the Print dialog box have a lower  
priority and usually do not override changes made in the Page Setup dialog box.  
Printer Properties dialog box (printer driver): Click Properties in the Print dialog box to open  
the printer driver. Settings changed in the Printer Properties dialog box usually do not override  
settings anywhere else in the printing software. You can change most of the print settings here.  
Default printer driver settings: The default printer driver settings determine the settings used in  
all print jobs, unless settings are changed in the Page Setup, Print, or Printer Properties dialog  
boxes.  
Printer control panel settings: Settings changed at the printer control panel have a lower priority  
than changes made anywhere else.  
48 Chapter 3 Software for Windows  
ENWW  
 
Change printer-driver settings for Windows  
Change the settings for all print jobs until the software program is closed  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the driver, and then click Properties or Preferences.  
The steps can vary; this procedure is most common.  
Change the default settings for all print jobs  
1. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the default Start menu  
view): Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.  
Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the Classic Start menu  
view): Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers.  
Windows Vista: Click Start, click Control Panel, and then in the category for Hardware and  
Sound click Printer.  
Windows 7: Click Start, and then click Devices and Printers.  
2. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Printing Preferences.  
Change the product configuration settings  
1. Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the default Start menu  
view): Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.  
Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008 (using the Classic Start menu  
view): Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers.  
Windows Vista: Click Start, click Control Panel, and then in the category for Hardware and  
Sound click Printer.  
Windows 7: Click Start, and then click Devices and Printers.  
2. Right-click the driver icon, and then select Properties or Printer properties.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab.  
ENWW  
Change printer-driver settings for Windows 49  
       
Remove software for Windows  
Windows XP  
1. Click Start, Control Panel, and then Add or Remove Programs.  
2. Find and select the product from the list.  
3. Click the Change/Remove button to remove the software.  
Windows Vista  
1. Click Start, Control Panel, and then Programs and Features.  
2. Find and select the product from the list.  
3. Select the Uninstall/Change option.  
Windows 7  
1. Click Start, Control Panel, and then under the Programs heading, click Uninstall a program.  
2. Find and select the product from the list.  
3. Select the Uninstall option.  
50 Chapter 3 Software for Windows  
ENWW  
 
Supported utilities for Windows  
HP Web Jetadmin  
HP Web Jetadmin is a simple print and imaging peripheral management software tool that helps optimize  
product use, control color costs, secure products, and streamline supplies management by enabling  
remote configuration, proactive monitoring, security troubleshooting, and reporting of printing and  
imaging products.  
To download a current version of HP Web Jetadmin and for the latest list of supported host systems,  
When installed on a host server, a Windows client can gain access to HP Web Jetadmin by using a  
supported Web browser (such as Microsoft® Internet Explorer) by navigating to the HP Web Jetadmin  
host.  
HP Embedded Web Server  
The product is equipped with the HP Embedded Web Server, which provides access to information  
about product and network activities. This information appears in a Web browser, such as Microsoft  
Internet Explorer, Netscape Navigator, Apple Safari, or Mozilla Firefox.  
The HP Embedded Web Server resides on the product. It is not loaded on a network server.  
The HP Embedded Web Server provides an interface to the product that anyone who has a network-  
connected computer and a standard Web browser can use. No special software is installed or  
configured, but you must have a supported Web browser on your computer. To gain access to the  
HP Embedded Web Server, type the IP address for the product in the address line of the browser. (To  
find the IP address, print a configuration page. For more information about printing a configuration page,  
For a complete explanation of the features and functionality of the HP Embedded Web Server, see Use  
HP Easy Printer Care  
HP Easy Printer Care software is a program that you can use for the following tasks:  
Check the product status  
Check the supplies status and use HP SureSupply to shop online for supplies  
Set up alerts  
View product usage reports  
View product documentation  
Gain access to troubleshooting and maintenance tools  
Use HP Proactive Support to routinely scan your printing system and to prevent potential problems.  
HP Proactive Support can update software, firmware, and HP printer drivers.  
You can view HP Easy Printer Care software when the product is directly connected to your computer  
or when it is connected to a network.  
ENWW  
Supported utilities for Windows 51  
               
Supported operating systems  
Microsoft Windows XP, Service Pack 2 (32-bit and 64-bit)  
Microsoft Windows Server 2003, Service Pack 1 (32-bit  
and 64-bit)  
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 (32-bit and 64-bit)  
Microsoft Windows Vista (32-bit and 64-bit)  
Microsoft Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit)  
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or 7.0  
Supported browsers  
To download HP Easy Printer Care software, go to www.hp.com/go/easyprintercare. This Web site also  
provides updated information about supported browsers and a list of HP products that support HP Easy  
Printer Care software.  
For more information about using HP Easy Printer Care software, see Use the HP Easy Printer Care  
52 Chapter 3 Software for Windows  
ENWW  
 
Software for other operating systems  
OS  
Software  
UNIX  
For HP-UX and Solaris networks, go to www.hp.com/go/jetdirectunix_software to install  
model scripts using the HP Jetdirect printer installer (HPPI) for UNIX.  
For the latest model scripts, go to www.hp.com/go/unixmodelscripts.  
For information, go to www.hp.com/go/linuxprinting.  
Linux  
ENWW  
Software for other operating systems 53  
     
54 Chapter 3 Software for Windows  
ENWW  
4 Use the product with Mac  
ENWW  
55  
 
Software for Mac  
Supported operating systems for Mac  
The product supports the following Mac operating systems:  
Mac OS X 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, and later  
NOTE: For Mac OS X 10.4 and later, PPC and Intel® Core™ Processor Macs are supported.  
Supported printer drivers for Mac  
The HP LaserJet software installer provides PostScript® Printer Description (PPD) files, Printer Dialog  
Extensions (PDEs), and the HP Utility for use with Mac OS X computers. The HP printer PPD and PDE  
files, in combination with the built-in Apple PostScript printer drivers, provide full printing functionality  
and access to specific HP printer features.  
Remove software from Mac operating systems  
You must have administrator rights to remove the software.  
1. Open System Preferences.  
2. Select Print & Fax.  
3. Highlight the product.  
4. Click the minus (-) symbol.  
5. Delete the print queue, if necessary.  
6. Delete the .GZ file from the following hard-drive folder:  
Mac OS X 10.4: Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/Resources/<lang>.lproj,  
where <lang> is the two-letter language code for the language that you are using.  
Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6: Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/Resources  
56 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac  
ENWW  
           
Priority for print settings for Mac  
Changes to print settings are prioritized depending on where the changes are made:  
NOTE: The names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software program.  
Page Setup dialog box: Click Page Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program  
you are working in to open this dialog box. Settings changed here might override settings changed  
anywhere else.  
Print dialog box: Click Print, Print Setup, or a similar command on the File menu of the program  
you are working in to open this dialog box. Settings changed in the Print dialog box have a lower  
priority and do not override changes made in the Page Setup dialog box.  
Default printer driver settings: The default printer driver settings determine the settings used in  
all print jobs, unless settings are changed in the Page Setup, Print, or Printer Properties dialog  
boxes.  
Printer control panel settings: Settings changed at the printer control panel have a lower priority  
than changes made anywhere else.  
Change printer-driver settings for Mac  
Change the settings for all print jobs Change the default settings for all  
Change the product configuration  
settings  
until the software program is closed  
print jobs  
1. On the File menu, click the Print  
1. On the File menu, click the Print  
Mac OS X 10.4  
button.  
button.  
1.  
From the Apple menu , click the  
2. Change the settings that you want 2. Change the settings that you want  
System Preferences menu and  
then click the Print & Fax icon.  
on the various menus.  
on the various menus.  
3. On the Presets menu, click the  
Save As... option and type a name  
for the preset.  
2. Click the Printer Setup button.  
3. Click the Installable Options  
menu.  
These settings are saved in the  
Presets menu. To use the new settings,  
you must select the saved preset option  
every time you open a program and print.  
Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6  
1.  
From the Apple menu , click the  
System Preferences menu and  
then click the Print & Fax icon.  
2. Select the product in the left side of  
the window.  
3. Click the Options & Supplies  
button.  
4. Click the Driver tab.  
5. Configure the installed options.  
ENWW  
Software for Mac 57  
     
Software for Mac computers  
HP Utility for Mac  
Use the HP Utility to set up product features that are not available in the printer driver.  
You can use the HP Utility when the product uses a universal serial bus (USB) cable or is connected to  
a TCP/IP-based network.  
Open the HP Printer Utility  
Mac OS X 10.4  
1. Open the Finder, click Applications, click Utilities, and then double-click  
Printer Setup Utility.  
2. Select the product that you want to configure, and then click Utility.  
1. From the Printer Browser menu, click Printer Utility.  
-or-  
Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6  
From the Print Queue, click the Utility icon.  
HP Utility features  
The HP Utility consists of pages that you open by clicking in the Configuration Settings list. The  
following table describes the tasks that you can perform from these pages.  
Menu  
Item  
Description  
Information And  
Support  
Supplies Status  
Shows the product supplies status and provides links for online  
supplies-ordering.  
Device Information  
HP Support  
Shows information about the currently selected product.  
Provides access to technical assistance, online supplies ordering,  
online registration, and recycling and return information.  
Color Usage  
Shows the total pages printed, the number of pages printed in color,  
and the number of pages printed in black only.  
File Upload  
Transfers files from the computer to the product.  
Upload Fonts  
Transfers font files from the computer to the product.  
Changes the default tray settings.  
Printer Settings  
Trays Configuration  
Duplex Mode  
Turns on the automatic two-sided printing mode.  
Stored Jobs  
Manages print jobs that are stored on the product hard disk.  
Configures the product to send e-mail notices for certain events.  
Configures the network settings, such as the IPv4 and IPv6 settings.  
E-mail Alerts  
Network Settings  
Supplies Management  
Configures how the product should behave when supplies are nearing  
the end of their estimated life.  
Restrict Color  
Configures color-printing restrictions for specific users and software  
programs.  
NOTE: This option is available only after you open the View menu  
and select the Show Advanced option.  
58 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac  
ENWW  
                           
Menu  
Item  
Description  
Protect Direct Ports  
Additional Settings  
Disables printing over USB or parallel ports.  
Provides access to the embedded Web server.  
Supported utilities for Mac  
HP Embedded Web Server  
The product is equipped with an embedded Web server, which provides access to information about  
product and network activities. For more information, see Features on page 153.  
ENWW  
Software for Mac 59  
     
Print with Mac  
Create and use printing presets with Mac  
Use printing presets to save the current printer driver settings for reuse.  
Create a printing preset  
1. On the File menu, click the Print option.  
2. Select the driver.  
3. Select the print settings that you want to save for reuse.  
4. In the Presets menu, click the Save As... option, and type a name for the preset.  
5. Click the OK button.  
Use printing presets  
1. On the File menu, click the Print option.  
2. Select the driver.  
3. In the Presets menu, select the printing preset.  
NOTE: To use printer-driver default settings, select the standard option.  
Resize documents or print on a custom paper size with Mac  
Mac OS X 10.4, 10.5, and 10.6  
1. On the File menu, click the Page Setup option.  
2. Select the product, and then select the correct settings for the Paper Size and  
Orientation options.  
Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6  
1. On the File menu, click the Print option.  
2. Click the Page Setup button.  
Use one of these methods.  
3. Select the product, and then select the correct settings for the Paper Size and  
Orientation options.  
1. On the File menu, click the Print option.  
2. Open the Paper Handling menu.  
3. In the Destination Paper Size area, click the Scale to fit paper size box, and  
then select the size from the drop-down list.  
Print a cover page with Mac  
1. On the File menu, click the Print option.  
2. Select the driver.  
60 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac  
ENWW  
           
3. Open the Cover Page menu, and then select where to print the cover page. Click either the Before  
Document button or the After Document button.  
4. In the Cover Page Type menu, select the message that you want to print on the cover page.  
NOTE: To print a blank cover page, select the standard option from the Cover Page Type menu.  
Use watermarks with Mac  
1. On the File menu, click the Print option.  
2. Open the Watermarks menu.  
3. From the Mode menu, select the type of watermark to use. Select the Watermark option to print  
a semi-transparent message. Select the Overlay option to print a message that is not transparent.  
4. From the Pages menu, select whether to print the watermark on all pages or on the first page only.  
5. From the Text menu, select one of the standard messages, or select the Custom option and type  
a new message in the box.  
6. Select options for the remaining settings.  
Print multiple pages on one sheet of paper with Mac  
1. On the File menu, click the Print option.  
2. Select the driver.  
3. Open the Layout menu.  
4. From the Pages per Sheet menu, select the number of pages that you want to print on each sheet  
(1, 2, 4, 6, 9, or 16).  
5. In the Layout Direction area, select the order and placement of the pages on the sheet.  
6. From the Borders menu, select the type of border to print around each page on the sheet.  
ENWW  
Print with Mac 61  
       
Print on both sides of the page (duplex printing) with Mac  
Use automatic duplex printing  
1. Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job.  
2. On the File menu, click the Print option.  
3. Open the Layout menu.  
4. From the Two-Sided menu, select a binding option.  
Print on both sides manually  
1. Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job.  
2. On the File menu, click the Print option.  
3. Open the Finishing menu, and click the Manual Duplex tab or open the Manual Duplex menu.  
4. Click the Manual Duplex box, and select a binding option.  
5. Click the Print button. Follow the instructions in the pop-up window that appears on the computer  
screen before replacing the output stack in Tray 1 for printing the second half.  
6. Go to the product, and remove any blank paper that is in Tray 1.  
7. Insert the printed stack face-up with the bottom edge feeding into the printer first in Tray 1. You  
must print the second side from Tray 1.  
8. If prompted, press the appropriate control-panel button to continue.  
Store jobs with Mac  
You can store jobs on the product so you can print them at any time. You can share stored jobs with  
other users, or you can make them private.  
1. On the File menu, click the Print option.  
2. Open the Job Storage menu.  
3. In the Job Storage Mode drop-down list, select the type of stored job.  
Proof and Hold: This feature provides a quick way to print and proof one copy of a job and  
then print more copies.  
Personal Job: When you send a job to the product, the job does not print until you request it  
at the product control panel. If you assign a personal identification number (PIN) to the job,  
you must provide the required PIN at the control panel.  
Quick Copy: If the optional hard disk is installed on the product, you can print the requested  
number of copies of a job and then store a copy of the job on the optional hard disk. Storing  
the job allows you to print additional copies of the job later.  
Stored Job: If the optional hard disk is installed on the product, you can store a job such as  
a personnel form, time sheet, or calendar on the product and allow other users to print the job  
at any time. Stored jobs also can be protected by a PIN.  
62 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac  
ENWW  
       
4. To use a custom user name or job name, click the Custom button, and then enter the user name  
or the job name.  
Select which option to use if another stored job already has that name.  
Use Job Name + (1 - 99)  
Replace Existing File  
Append a unique number to the end of the job name.  
Overwrite the existing stored job with the new one.  
5. If you selected the Stored Job or Personal Job option in step 3, you can protect the job with a  
PIN. Type a 4-digit number in the Use PIN to Print field. When other people attempt to print this  
job, the product prompts them to enter this PIN number.  
Set the color options with Mac  
Use the Color Options menu or the Color/Quality Options menu to control how colors are interpreted  
and printed from software programs.  
1. On the File menu, click the Print option.  
2. Select the driver.  
3. Open the Color Options menu or the Color/Quality Options menu.  
4. Open the Advanced menu, or select the appropriate tab.  
5. Adjust the individual settings for text, graphics, and photographs.  
Use the Services menu with Mac  
If the product is connected to a network, use the Services menu to obtain product and supply-status  
information.  
1. On the File menu, click the Print option.  
2. Open the Services menu.  
3. To open the embedded Web server and perform a maintenance task, do the following:  
a. Select the Device Maintenance tab.  
b. Select a task from the drop-down list.  
c. Click the Launch button.  
4. To go to various support Web sites for this product, do the following:  
a. Select the Services on the Web tab.  
b. Select an option from the menu.  
c. Click the Go! button.  
ENWW  
Print with Mac 63  
       
64 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac  
ENWW  
5 Connect the product  
ENWW  
65  
 
Supported network operating systems  
The following operating systems support network printing:  
Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit)  
Windows Vista (32-bit and 64-bit)  
Windows Server 2008 (32-bit and 64-bit)  
Windows XP (32-bit, Service Pack 2)  
Windows XP (64-bit, Service Pack 1)  
Windows Server 2003 (Service Pack 1, 32-bit and 64-bit)  
Mac OS X 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, and higher  
NOTE: Most network operating systems support a full software installation.  
Printer sharing disclaimer  
HP does not support peer-to-peer networking, as the feature is a function of Microsoft operating systems  
and not of the HP printer drivers. Go to Microsoft at www.microsoft.com.  
66 Chapter 5 Connect the product  
ENWW  
   
Connect with USB  
This product supports a USB 2.0 connection. You must use an A-to-B type USB cable that is no longer  
than 2 m (6.5 ft).  
CAUTION: Do not connect the USB cable until the installation software prompts you to connect it.  
CD installation  
Windows  
1. Quit all open programs on the computer.  
2. Install the software from the CD, and follow the onscreen instructions.  
3. When prompted, select the Connected directly to the computer option, and then click the  
Install button.  
4. When the software prompts you, connect the USB cable to the product and the computer.  
5. At the end of the installation, click the Finish button.  
6. On the Additional Options screen, you can install more software, or click the Exit button.  
7. Print a page from any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed.  
NOTE: If the installation failed, reinstall the software.  
Mac  
1. Install the software from the CD.  
2. Click the product icon, and follow the onscreen instructions.  
3. Click the Close button.  
ENWW  
Connect with USB 67  
         
4. When the software prompts you, connect the USB cable to the product and the computer.  
5. To configure the product software to recognize the installed accessories, complete these steps:  
Mac OS X 10.4  
1.  
From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then  
click the Print & Fax icon.  
2. Click the Printer Setup button.  
3. Click the Installable Options menu.  
Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6  
1.  
From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then  
click the Print & Fax icon.  
2. Select the product in the left side of the window.  
3. Click the Options & Supplies button.  
4. Click the Driver tab.  
5. Configure the installed options.  
NOTE: For Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6, the installation procedure should  
automatically configure the installed options.  
6. Print a page from any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed.  
NOTE: If the installation failed, reinstall the software.  
Connect to a network  
You can configure network parameters from the control panel, the HP Embedded Web Server, or for  
most networks, from the HP Web Jetadmin software.  
NOTE: HP Web Jetadmin software is not supported on Mac OS X operating systems.  
For a complete list of supported networks and for instructions on configuring network parameters from  
software, see the HP Jetdirect Embedded Print Server Administrator’s Guide. The guide comes with  
products in which an HP Jetdirect embedded print server is installed.  
Supported network protocols  
The product supports the TCP/IP network protocol, the most widely used and accepted networking  
protocol. Many networking services utilize this protocol. The following tables list the supported  
networking services and protocols.  
68 Chapter 5 Connect the product  
ENWW  
       
Table 5-1 Printing  
Service name  
Description  
port9100 (Direct Mode)  
Printing service  
Printing service  
Line printer daemon (LPD)  
Advanced LPD (custom LPD queues)  
Protocol and programs associated with line-printer spooling  
services installed on TCP/IP systems.  
FTP  
TCP/IP utility for transferring data between systems.  
WS Print  
Uses the Microsoft Web Services for Devices (WSD) Print  
services on the HP Jetdirect print server.  
WS Discovery  
Allows Microsoft WS discovery protocols on the HP Jetdirect  
print server.  
Table 5-2 Network device discovery  
Service name  
Description  
SLP (Service Location Protocol)  
Bonjour  
Device-discovery protocol, used to help find and configure  
network devices. Used primarily by Microsoft-based programs.  
Device-discovery protocol, used to help find and configure  
network devices. Used primarily by Apple Macintosh-based  
programs.  
Table 5-3 Messaging and management  
Service name  
Description  
HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol)  
Allows Web browsers to communicate with embedded Web  
server.  
EWS (embedded Web server)  
Allows you to manage the product through a Web browser.  
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)  
Used by network applications for product management. SNMP  
v1, SNMP v3, and standard MIB-II (Management Information  
Base) objects are supported.  
LLMNR (Link Local Multicast Name Resolution)  
TFTP Configuration  
Specifies if the product responds to LLMNR requests over IPv4  
and IPv6.  
Allows you to use TFTP to download a configuration file  
containing additional configuration parameters, such as SNMP  
or non-default settings, for an HP Jetdirect print server.  
Table 5-4 IP addressing  
Service name  
Description  
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)  
For automatic IP address assignment. The product supports  
IPv4 and IPv6. The DHCP server provides the product with an  
IP address. Generally, no user intervention is required for the  
product to obtain an IP address from a DHCP server.  
ENWW  
Connect to a network 69  
   
Table 5-4 IP addressing (continued)  
Service name  
Description  
BOOTP (Bootstrap Protocol)  
For automatic IP address assignment. The BOOTP server  
provides the product with an IP address. Requires the  
administrator to input a product's MAC hardware address on  
the BOOTP server for the product to obtain an IP address from  
that server.  
Auto IP  
For automatic IP address assignment. If neither a DHCP  
server nor a BOOTP server is present, the product uses this  
service to generate a unique IP address.  
Table 5-5 Security features  
Service name  
Description  
IPsec/Firewall  
Provides network-layer security on IPv4 and IPv6 networks. A  
firewall provides simple control of IP traffic. IPsec provides  
additional protection through authentication and encryption  
protocols.  
Kerberos  
Allows you to exchange private information across an open  
network by assigning a unique key, called a ticket, to each user  
who logs on to the network. The ticket is then embedded in  
messages to identify the sender.  
SNMP v3  
Employs a user-based security model for SNMP v3, which  
provides user authentication and data privacy through  
encryption.  
Access control list (ACL)  
SSL/TLS  
Specifies the individual host systems, or networks of host  
systems, that are allowed to access the HP Jetdirect print  
server and the attached network product.  
Allows you to transmit private documents via the Internet and  
guarantee privacy and data integrity between the client and  
server applications.  
IPsec batch configuration  
Provides network-layer security through the simple control of  
IP traffic to and from the product. This protocol provides the  
benefits of encryption and authentication and allows for  
multiple configurations.  
70 Chapter 5 Connect the product  
ENWW  
 
Install the product on a wired network  
Configure the IP address  
1. Connect the network cable to the product and to the network.  
2. Wait for 60 seconds before continuing. During this time, the network recognizes the product and  
assigns an IP address or host name for the product.  
3. At the product control panel, press the Home button  
.
4. Press the down arrow to highlight the INFORMATION menu, and then press the OK button.  
5. Press the down arrow to highlight the PRINT CONFIGURATION menu, and then press the  
OK button.  
6. Find the IP address on the Embedded Jetdirect page.  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525 Printers  
Embedded Jetdirect Page  
7. IPv4: If the IP address is 0.0.0.0, or 192.0.0.192, or 169.254.x.x, you must manually configure the  
on page 75. Otherwise, the network configuration was successful.  
IPv6: If the IP address begins with "fe80:", the product should be able to print. If not, you must  
manually configure the IP address. See Manually configure IPv6 TCP/IP parameters from the  
ENWW  
Connect to a network 71  
         
Install the software  
Windows  
1. Quit all programs on the computer.  
2. Install the software from the CD.  
3. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
4. When prompted, select the Connected via the Network option, and then click the Install button.  
5. From the list of available printers, select the printer that has the correct IP address.  
6. Click the Finish button.  
7. On the Additional Options screen, you can install more software, or click the Exit button.  
8. Print a page from any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed.  
NOTE: If the installation failed, reinstall the software.  
Mac  
1. Quit all programs on the computer.  
2. Install the software from the CD.  
3. Click the product icon, and follow the onscreen instructions.  
4. Click the Close button when the installation is complete.  
5. At the computer, open the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu, and then click the  
Print & Fax icon.  
6. Click the plus symbol (+).  
By default, Mac OS X uses the Bonjour method to find the driver and add the product to the printer  
pop-up menu. This method is best in most situations. If Mac OS X cannot find the HP printer driver,  
an error message displays. Reinstall the software.  
If you are connecting the product to a large network, you might need to use IP printing to connect  
rather than Bonjour. Follow these steps:  
a. Click the IP Printer button.  
b. From the Protocol drop-down list, select the HP Jetdirect-Socket option. Enter the IP  
address or host name for the product. From the Print Using drop-down list, select the product  
model if one is not already selected.  
7. To configure the product to recognize the installed accessories, complete these steps:  
72 Chapter 5 Connect the product  
ENWW  
     
Mac OS X 10.4  
1.  
From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then  
click the Print & Fax icon.  
2. Click the Printer Setup button.  
3. Click the Installable Options menu.  
Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6  
1.  
From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then  
click the Print & Fax icon.  
2. Select the product in the left side of the window.  
3. Click the Options & Supplies button.  
4. Click the Driver tab.  
5. Configure the installed options.  
NOTE: For Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6, the installation procedure should  
automatically configure the installed options.  
8. Print a page from any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed.  
NOTE: If the installation failed, reinstall the software.  
ENWW  
Connect to a network 73  
Configure network settings  
View or change network settings  
Use the embedded Web server to view or change IP configuration settings.  
1. Print a configuration page, and locate the IP address.  
If you are using IPv4, the IP address contains only digits. It has this format:  
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx  
If you are using IPv6, the IP address is a hexadecimal combination of characters and digits.  
It has a format similar to this:  
xxxx::xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx  
2. To open the embedded Web server, type the IP address into the address line of a Web browser.  
3. Click the Networking tab to obtain network information. You can change settings as needed.  
Set or change the network password  
Use the embedded Web server to set a network password or change an existing password.  
1. Open the embedded Web server, click the Networking tab, and click the Security link.  
NOTE: If a password has previously been set, you are prompted to type the password. Type the  
password, and then click the Apply button.  
2. Type the new password in the New Password box and in the Verify password box.  
3. At the bottom of the window, click the Apply button to save the password.  
74 Chapter 5 Connect the product  
ENWW  
         
Manually configure IPv4 TCP/IP parameters from the control panel  
Use the control-panel menus to manually set an IPv4 address, subnet mask, and default gateway.  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Open each of the following menus. Press the down arrow to highlight it and then press the OK  
button to select it.  
a. CONFIGURE DEVICE  
b. I/O  
c. EMBEDDED JETDIRECT MENU  
d. TCP/IP  
e. IPV4 SETTINGS  
f.  
CONFIG METHOD  
g. MANUAL  
h. MANUAL SETTINGS  
i.  
IP ADDRESS, SUBNET MASK, or DEFAULT GATEWAY  
3. Press the up arrow or the down arrow to increase or decrease the number for the first byte of  
the IP address, subnet mask, or default gateway.  
4. Press the OK button to move to the next set of numbers, or press the back arrow to move to the  
previous set of numbers.  
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until the IP address, subnet mask, or default gateway is complete, and then  
press the OK button to save the setting.  
6. Press the Home button  
to return to the Ready state.  
ENWW  
Connect to a network 75  
 
Manually configure IPv6 TCP/IP parameters from the control panel  
Use the control-panel menus to manually set an IPv6 address.  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Open each of the following menus. Press the down arrow to highlight it and then press the OK  
button to select it.  
a. CONFIGURE DEVICE  
b. I/O  
c. EMBEDDED JETDIRECT MENU  
d. TCP/IP  
e. IPV6 SETTINGS  
f.  
ADDRESS  
g. MANUAL SETTINGS  
h. ENABLE  
i.  
j.  
ON  
ADDRESS  
3. Press the up arrow or the down arrow to select the first character of the address. Press the  
OK button.  
Repeat this process for each character in the address.  
NOTE: You must press the OK button after entering each character.  
4. Press the up arrow or the down arrow to select the stop character . Press the OK button.  
5. Press the Home button  
to return to the Ready state.  
76 Chapter 5 Connect the product  
ENWW  
 
Link speed and duplex settings  
The link speed and communication mode of the print server must match the network. For most situations,  
leave the product in automatic mode. Incorrect changes to the link speed and duplex settings might  
prevent the product from communicating with other network devices. If you need to make changes, use  
the product control panel.  
NOTE: Making changes to these settings causes the product to turn off and then on. Make changes  
only when the product is idle.  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Open each of the following menus. Press the down arrow to highlight it and then press the OK  
button to select it.  
a. CONFIGURE DEVICE  
b. I/O  
c. EMBEDDED JETDIRECT MENU  
d. LINK SPEED  
3. Press the down arrow to highlight one of the following options.  
Setting  
AUTO  
Description  
The print server automatically configures itself for the highest link speed and  
communication mode allowed on the network.  
10T HALF  
10 megabytes per second (Mbps), half-duplex operation  
10 Mbps, full-duplex operation  
10T FULL  
100TX HALF  
100TX FULL  
100TX AUTO  
1000T FULL  
100 Mbps, half-duplex operation  
100 Mbps, full-duplex operation  
Limits auto-negotiation to a maximum link speed of 100 Mbps  
1000 Mbps, full-duplex operation  
4. Press the OK button. The product turns off and then on.  
ENWW  
Connect to a network 77  
 
78 Chapter 5 Connect the product  
ENWW  
Understand paper use  
This product supports a variety of paper and other print media in accordance with the guidelines in this  
user guide. Paper or print media that does not meet these guidelines might cause poor print quality,  
increased jams, and premature wear on the product.  
For best results, use only HP-brand paper and print media designed for laser printers or multiuse. Do  
not use paper or print media made for inkjet printers. Hewlett-Packard Company cannot recommend  
the use of other brands of media because HP cannot control their quality.  
It is possible for paper to meet all of the guidelines in this user guide and still not produce satisfactory  
results. This might be the result of improper handling, unacceptable temperature and/or humidity levels,  
or other variables over which Hewlett-Packard has no control.  
CAUTION: Using paper or print media that does not meet Hewlett-Packard's specifications might  
cause problems for the product, requiring repair. This repair is not covered by the Hewlett-Packard  
warranty or service agreements.  
Special paper guidelines  
This product supports printing on special media. Use the following guidelines to obtain satisfactory  
results. When using special paper or print media, be sure to set the type and size in the printer driver  
to obtain the best results.  
CAUTION: HP LaserJet products use fusers to bond dry toner particles to the paper in very precise  
dots. HP laser paper is designed to withstand this extreme heat. Using inkjet paper could damage the  
product.  
Media type  
Do  
Do not  
Envelopes  
Store envelopes flat.  
Do not use envelopes that are  
wrinkled, nicked, stuck together, or  
otherwise damaged.  
Use envelopes where the seam  
extends all the way to the corner of  
the envelope.  
Do not use envelopes that have  
clasps, snaps, windows, or coated  
linings.  
Use peel-off adhesive strips that  
are approved for use in laser  
printers.  
Do not use self-stick adhesives or  
other synthetic materials.  
Labels  
Use only labels that have no  
exposed backing between them.  
Do not use labels that have wrinkles  
or bubbles, or are damaged.  
Use labels that lie flat.  
Do not print partial sheets of labels.  
Use only full sheets of labels.  
Transparencies  
Use only transparencies that are  
approved for use in color laser  
printers.  
Do not use transparent print media  
not approved for laser printers.  
Place transparencies on a flat  
surface after removing them from  
the product.  
Letterhead or preprinted forms  
Use only letterhead or forms  
Do not use raised or metallic  
letterhead.  
approved for use in laser printers.  
80 Chapter 6 Paper and print media  
ENWW  
     
Media type  
Do  
Do not  
Heavy paper  
Use only heavy paper that is  
approved for use in laser printers  
and meets the weight specifications  
for this product.  
Do not use paper that is heavier  
than the recommended media  
specification for this product unless  
it is HP paper that has been  
approved for use in this product.  
Glossy or coated paper  
Use only glossy or coated paper  
that is approved for use in laser  
printers.  
Do not use glossy or coated paper  
designed for use in inkjet products.  
ENWW  
Understand paper use 81  
Change the printer driver to match the paper type and  
size  
Change the paper size and type (Windows)  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.  
4. Select a size from the Paper size drop-down list.  
5. Select a paper type from the Paper type drop-down list.  
6. Click the OK button.  
Change the paper size and type (Mac)  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click the Print option.  
2. In the Copies & Pages menu, click the Page Setup button.  
3. Select a size from the Paper Size drop-down list, and then click the OK button.  
4. Open the Finishing menu.  
5. Select a type from the Media-type drop-down list.  
6. Click the Print button.  
82 Chapter 6 Paper and print media  
ENWW  
       
Supported paper sizes  
NOTE: To obtain best results, select the correct paper size and type in the printer driver before printing.  
Table 6-1 Supported paper and print media sizes  
Size and dimensions  
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
Optional Trays 3,  
4, and 5  
Automatic duplex  
printing  
Letter  
216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 in)  
Legal  
216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 in)  
Executive  
184 x 267 mm (7.24 x 10.51 in)  
Statement  
140 x 216 mm (5.5 x 8.5 in)  
8.5 x 13  
216 x 330 mm (8.5 x 13 in)  
4 x 6  
101.6 x 152.4 mm (4 x 6 in)  
The HP postcard  
media insert must  
be installed.  
10 x 15 cm  
101.6 x 152.4 mm (4 x 6 in)  
The HP postcard  
media insert must  
be installed.  
5 x 7  
127 x 188 mm (5 x 7 in)  
5 x 8  
127 x 203 mm (5 x 8 in)  
A4  
210 x 297 mm (8.27 x 11.69 in)  
RA4  
215 x 305 mm (8.46 x 12.01 in)  
A5  
148 x 210 mm (5.83 x 8.27 in)  
A6  
105 x 148 mm (4.13 x 5.82 in)  
B5 (JIS)  
182 x 257 mm (7.17 x 10.12 in)  
ENWW  
Supported paper sizes 83  
 
Table 6-1 Supported paper and print media sizes (continued)  
Size and dimensions  
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
Optional Trays 3,  
4, and 5  
Automatic duplex  
printing  
B6 (JIS)  
128 x 182 mm (5.03 x 7.16 in)  
16K  
195 x 270 mm (7.67 x 10.62 in)  
184 x 260 mm (7.24 x 10.23 in)  
197 x 273 mm (7.75 x 10.74 in)  
Postcard (JIS)  
100 x 148 mm (3.93 x 5.82 in)  
DPostcard (JIS)  
148 x 200 mm (5.82 x 7.87 in)  
Custom  
76 x 127 mm to 216 x 356 mm (3 x 5 in to 8.5 x 14 in)  
Custom  
148 x 210 mm to 216 x 356 mm (5.83 x 8.27 in to  
8.5 x 14 in)  
Envelope #9  
98 x 225 mm (3.85 x 8.85 in)  
Envelope #10  
105 x 241 mm (4.13 x 9.48 in)  
Envelope Monarch  
98 x 191 mm (3.9 x 7.5 in)  
Envelope B5  
176 x 250 mm (6.92 x 9.84 in)  
Envelope C5  
162 x 229 mm (6.37 x 9.01 in)  
Envelope C6  
162 x 114 mm (6.37 x 4.48 in)  
Envelope DL ISO  
110 x 220 mm (4.33 x 8.66 in)  
1
The product can print on 76 x 127 mm (3 x 5 in) size paper from Tray 1 for Extra Heavy (131-175 g/m2) and Cardstock  
(176-220 g/m2) paper types.  
84 Chapter 6 Paper and print media  
ENWW  
 
Supported paper types  
Paper type  
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
Optional Trays 3, 4, Automatic duplex  
and 5  
printing  
Plain Paper  
HP Matte (105 g/m2)  
HP Matte (120 g/m2)  
HP Matte (160 g/m2)  
HP Matte (200 g/m2)  
HP Soft Gloss (120 g/m2)  
HP Glossy (130 g/m2)  
HP Glossy (160 g/m2)  
HP Glossy (220 g/m2)  
Light (60–74 g/m2)  
Midweight (96–110 g/m2)  
Heavy (111–130 g/m2)  
Extra Heavy (131–175 g/m2)  
Cardstock (176–220 gm2)  
Mid-weight glossy (96–110 g/m2)  
Heavy glossy (111–130 g/m2)  
Extra-heavy glossy (131–175 g/m2)  
Card glossy (176–220 g/m2)  
Color Transparency  
Labels  
Letterhead  
Envelope  
Preprinted  
Prepunched  
Colored  
Bond  
Recycled  
Rough  
HP Tough Paper  
Opaque film  
1
Trays 2, 3, 4, and 5 can print on this paper in some circumstances, but HP does not guarantee results.  
The product can automatically print on both sides for this paper type in some circumstances, but HP does not guarantee  
results.  
2
ENWW  
Supported paper types 85  
     
Tray and bin capacity  
Tray or bin  
Paper type  
Specifications  
Quantity  
Tray 1  
Paper  
Range:  
Maximum stack height: 10 mm  
(0.39 in)  
60 g/m2 (16 lb) bond to 216 g/m2  
(58 lb) bond  
Equivalent to 100 sheets of 75 g/  
m2 (20 lb) bond  
Less than 60 g/m2 (16 lb) bond to  
90 g/m2 (24 lb) bond  
Envelopes  
Labels  
Up to 10 envelopes  
Maximum 0.102 mm (0.004 in)  
thick  
Maximum stack height: 10 mm  
(0.39 in)  
Transparencies  
Minimum 0.102 mm (0.004 in)  
thick  
Maximum stack height: 10 mm  
(0.39 in)  
Up to 50 sheets  
Glossy paper  
Paper  
Range:  
Maximum stack height: 10 mm  
(0.39 in)  
105 g/m2 (28 lb) bond to 220 g/  
m2 (58 lb) bond  
Up to 50 sheets  
Tray 21  
Range:  
Maximum stack height: 56 mm  
(2.2 in)  
60 g/m2 (16 lb) bond to 220 g/m2  
(59 lb) bond  
Equivalent to 500 sheets of 75 g/  
m2 (20 lb) bond  
Maximum stack height for 10 x 15  
cm (4 x 6 in) size paper: 15 mm  
(0.59 in)  
Transparencies  
Glossy paper  
Minimum 0.102 mm (0.004 in)  
thick  
Maximum stack height: 56 mm  
(2.2 in)  
Range:  
Maximum stack height: 56 mm  
(2.2 in)  
105 g/m2 (28 lb) bond to 220 g/  
m2 (58 lb) bond  
Optional Trays 3, 4, and 51  
Paper  
Range:  
Equivalent to 500 sheets of 75 g/  
m2 (20 lb) bond  
60 g/m2 (16 lb) bond to 220 g/m2  
(59 lb) bond  
Maximum stack height: 56 mm  
(2.2 in)  
Transparencies  
Glossy paper  
Minimum 0.102 mm (0.004 in)  
thick  
Maximum stack height: 56 mm  
(2.2 in)  
Range:  
Maximum stack height: 56 mm  
(2.2 in)  
105 g/m2 (28 lb) bond to 220 g/  
m2 (58 lb) bond  
Up to 500 sheets of 75 g/m2  
(20 lb) bond  
Output bin  
Paper  
1
Trays 2, 3, 4, and 5 can print on bond paper heavier than 220 g/m2 (59 lb) in some circumstances, but HP does not guarantee  
results.  
86 Chapter 6 Paper and print media  
ENWW  
       
Paper orientation for loading trays  
If you are using paper that requires a specific orientation, load it according to the information in the  
following tables.  
NOTE: The ALTERNATIVE LETTERHEAD MODE and IMAGE ROTATION settings affect the way  
you load letterhead or preprinted paper. The following information depicts the default setting. For more  
information, see System setup menu on page 27.  
Paper orientation for loading Tray 1  
Paper type  
Image orientation  
Duplex mode  
How to load paper  
Preprinted or letterhead  
Portrait  
1-sided printing  
Face down  
Bottom edge leading into the product  
Automatic 2-sided printing  
Face up  
Bottom edge leading into the product  
Landscape  
1-sided printing  
Face down  
Top edge toward the back of the product  
Automatic 2-sided printing  
Face up  
Top edge toward the back of the product  
ENWW  
Paper orientation for loading trays 87  
   
Paper type  
Image orientation  
Duplex mode  
How to load paper  
Prepunched  
Portrait or landscape  
1- or 2-sided printing  
Paper orientation for loading Tray 2 or optional Trays 3, 4, and 5  
Paper type  
Image orientation  
Duplex mode  
How to load paper  
Face up  
Preprinted or letterhead  
Portrait  
1-sided printing  
Top edge at the left side of the tray  
Automatic 2-sided printing  
Face down  
Top edge at the left side of the tray  
Landscape  
1-sided printing  
Face up  
Top edge toward the back of the product  
Automatic 2-sided printing  
Face down  
Top edge toward the back of the product  
Prepunched  
Portrait or landscape  
1- or 2-sided printing  
Holes toward the back of the product  
ENWW  
Paper orientation for loading trays 89  
 
Load paper trays  
Load Tray 1  
1. Open Tray 1.  
2. Fold out the tray extension to support the paper  
and set the side guides to the correct width.  
90 Chapter 6 Paper and print media  
ENWW  
     
3. Load paper in the tray.  
4. Make sure the stack fits under the tabs on the  
guides and does not exceed the load-level  
indicators.  
5. Adjust the side guides so that they lightly touch  
the paper stack but do not bend it.  
ENWW  
Load paper trays 91  
Load Tray 2 and optional Trays 3, 4, and 5 with standard-size paper  
1. Open the tray.  
NOTE: Do not open the tray while it is in use.  
2. Adjust the paper-length and paper-width  
guides by squeezing the adjustment latches  
and sliding the guides to the size of the paper  
being used.  
3. Load paper into the tray. Check the paper to  
verify the guides lightly touch the stack, but do  
not bend it.  
NOTE: To prevent jams, do not overfill the  
tray. Be sure the top of the stack is below the  
tray full indicator.  
NOTE: If the tray is not adjusted correctly, an  
error message might appear during printing or  
the paper might jam.  
92 Chapter 6 Paper and print media  
ENWW  
 
4. Close the tray.  
5. The control panel shows the tray’s paper type  
and size. If the configuration is not correct,  
follow the instructions on the control panel to  
change the size or type.  
Load Tray 2 and optional Trays 3, 4, and 5 with custom-size paper  
1. Open the tray.  
2. Adjust the paper-length and paper-width  
guides by squeezing the adjustment latches  
and sliding the guides to the size of the paper  
being used.  
ENWW  
Load paper trays 93  
 
3. Load paper into the tray. Check the paper to  
verify the guides lightly touch the stack, but do  
not bend it.  
4. Close the tray.  
5. The control panel prompts you to set the paper  
size and type. Select the CUSTOM setting, and  
then configure the X and Y dimensions of the  
custom paper size.  
NOTE: See the label in the paper tray, or the  
following illustration, to determine the X and Y  
dimensions.  
Y
X
94 Chapter 6 Paper and print media  
ENWW  
Load Tray 2 with 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 in) size paper  
1. Open the tray.  
2. Adjust the paper-length and paper-width  
guides by squeezing the adjustment latches  
and adjusting the guides to the fully opened  
position.  
3. Fit the HP postcard media insert into Tray 2 and  
then slide the insert to the right until it snaps  
into place.  
ENWW  
Load paper trays 95  
 
4. Load 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 in) paper into the tray.  
5. Adjust the paper-length and paper-width  
guides by squeezing the adjustment latches  
and adjusting the guides to the fully closed  
position.  
6. Close the tray.  
7. The control panel prompts you to set the paper  
size and type. Select 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 in) size  
paper.  
96 Chapter 6 Paper and print media  
ENWW  
Configure trays  
The product automatically prompts you to configure a tray for type and size in the following situations:  
When you load paper into the tray  
When you specify a particular tray or media type for a print job through the printer driver or a  
software program and the tray is not configured to match the print-job’s settings  
NOTE: The prompt does not appear if you are printing from Tray 1, and it is configured for the ANY  
SIZE and ANY TYPE settings. In this situation, if the print job does not specify a tray, the product prints  
from Tray 1, even if the paper size and type settings in the print job do not match the paper loaded in  
Tray 1.  
Configure a tray when loading paper  
1. Load paper in the tray. Close the tray if you are using Tray 2, 3, 4, or 5.  
2. The tray configuration message appears.  
3. Press the back arrow to accept the size and type, or press the OK button to choose a different  
paper size or paper type.  
4. To modify the tray size configuration, press the down arrow to highlight the correct size, and then  
press the OK button.  
5. To modify the tray type configuration, press the down arrow to highlight the correct type, and  
then press the OK button.  
Configure a tray to match print job settings  
1. In the software program, specify the source tray, the paper size, and the paper type.  
2. Send the job to the product.  
If the tray needs to be configured, the LOAD TRAY <X> [TYPE] [SIZE] message appears.  
3. Load the tray with the specified type and size of paper, and then close the tray.  
4. When the TRAY <X> SIZE = <Size> message appears, press the OK button to confirm the size.  
5. When the TRAY<X> TYPE=<TYPE> message appears, press the OK button to confirm the type  
and continue with the job.  
Configure a tray by using the Paper Handling menu  
You can also configure the trays for type and size without a prompt from the product.  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Press the down arrow to highlight the PAPER HANDLING menu, and then press the OK button.  
3. Press the down arrow to highlight the size or type setting for the desired tray, and then press the  
OK button.  
4. Press the up arrow or the down arrow to highlight the size or type. If you select a custom size,  
select the unit of measure, and then set the X dimension and the Y dimension.  
ENWW  
Configure trays 97  
       
5. Press the OK button to save your selection.  
6. Press the Home button to exit the menus.  
Automatic paper sensing (auto-sense mode)  
The automatic media type sensor functions when that tray is configured to the ANY TYPE or plain type  
setting. It also functions when the PRINT MODE setting for that tray is set to the AUTO SENSE  
MODE option.  
After it has picked up paper from the tray, the product can detect overhead transparencies, paper weight,  
and gloss level.  
For more control, a specific type must be selected in the job or configured in a tray.  
Auto-sense settings  
Full sensing (Tray 1 only)  
For each sheet of paper that it picks up from the tray, the product detects light paper,  
plain paper, heavy paper, glossy paper, tough paper, and transparencies.  
Expanded sensing  
For the first few sheets of paper that it picks up from the tray, the product detects  
light paper, plain paper, heavy paper, glossy paper, tough paper, and  
transparencies. The product assumes the rest of the pages are of the same type.  
Transparency only  
The product distinguishes between transparencies and non-transparencies.  
For more information about setting these options, see Print Quality menu on page 23.  
Select the paper by source, type, or size  
In the Microsoft Windows operating system, three settings affect how the printer driver tries to pull media  
when you send a print job. Source, Type, and Size settings appear in the Page Setup, Print, or Print  
Properties dialog boxes in most software programs. Unless you change these settings, the product  
automatically selects a tray using the default settings.  
Source  
To print by source, select a specific tray in the printer driver for the product to pull from. If you select a  
tray that is configured for a type or size that does not match your print job, the product prompts you to  
load the tray with the type or size of paper for your print job before printing it. When you load the tray,  
the product begins printing.  
Type and Size  
Printing by type or size causes the product to pull from the tray that is loaded with the correct type  
and size of paper.  
Selecting paper by type rather than source helps protect special paper from accidental use.  
Using the wrong setting might result in unsatisfactory print quality. Always print by type for special  
print media, such as labels or transparencies.  
Print by type or size for envelopes, if possible.  
98 Chapter 6 Paper and print media  
ENWW  
               
To print by type or size, select the type or size from the Page Setup dialog box, the Print dialog  
box, or the Print Properties dialog box, depending on the software program.  
If you often print on a certain type or size of paper, configure a tray for that type or size. Then, when  
you select that type or size as you print a job, the product automatically pulls paper from the tray  
that is configured for that type or size.  
ENWW  
Configure trays 99  
100 Chapter 6 Paper and print media  
ENWW  
7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
101  
   
Cancel a print job  
1. Press the stop button on the control panel.  
2. Press the down arrow to highlight the  
CANCEL CURRENT JOB option, and then  
press the OK button.  
NOTE: It can take some time for all printing  
to clear after you have canceled a print job.  
102 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
 
Print with Windows  
Open the printer driver with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 103  
     
Get help for any printing option with Windows  
1. Click the Help button to open the online Help.  
Change the number of print copies with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then select the number of copies.  
Print colored text as black (grayscale) with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Advanced tab.  
4. Expand the Document Options section.  
5. Expand the Printer Features section.  
6. In the Print All Text as Black drop-down list, select the Enabled option.  
104 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
       
Save custom print settings for reuse with Windows  
Use a printing shortcut with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 105  
     
3. Click the Printing Shortcuts tab.  
4. Select one of the shortcuts, and then click the  
OK button.  
NOTE: When you select a shortcut, the  
corresponding settings change on the other  
tabs in the printer driver.  
Create printing shortcuts  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
106 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
 
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Printing Shortcuts tab.  
4. Select an existing shortcut as a base.  
NOTE: Always select a shortcut before  
adjusting any of the settings on the right side of  
the screen. If you adjust the settings and then  
select a shortcut, all your adjustments are lost.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 107  
5. Select the print options for the new shortcut.  
6. Click the Save As button.  
7. Type a name for the shortcut, and click the  
OK button.  
108 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
Improve print quality with Windows  
Select the page size with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.  
4. Select a size from the Paper size drop-down list.  
Select a custom page size with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.  
4. Click the Custom button.  
5. Type a name for the custom size, specify the dimensions, and click the OK button.  
Select the paper type with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.  
4. From the Paper type drop-down list, click the More... option.  
5. Expand the list of Type is: options.  
6. Expand the category of paper types that best describes your paper, and then click the paper type  
that you are using.  
Select the paper tray with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.  
4. Select a tray from the Paper source drop-down list.  
Select the print resolution  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.  
4. In the Print Quality area, select the resolution from the first drop-down list.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 109  
                     
Print on preprinted letterhead or forms with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.  
110 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
 
4. From the Paper type drop-down list, click the  
More... option.  
5. Expand the list of Type is: options.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 111  
6. Expand the list of Other options.  
7. Select the option for the type of paper you are  
using, and click the OK button.  
Print on special paper, labels, or transparencies  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
112 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
 
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.  
4. From the Paper type drop-down list, click the  
More... option.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 113  
5. Expand the list of Type is: options.  
6. Expand the category of paper types that best  
describes your paper.  
NOTE: Labels and transparencies are in the  
list of Other options.  
7. Select the option for the type of paper you are  
using, and click the OK button.  
114 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
Print the first or last page on different paper with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 115  
 
4. In the Special pages area, click the Print  
pages on different paper option, and then  
click the Settings button.  
5. In the Pages in document area, select either  
the First or Last option.  
6. Select the correct options from the Paper  
source and Paper type drop-down lists. Click  
the Add button.  
116 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
7. If you are printing both the first and last pages  
on different paper, repeat steps 5 and 6,  
selecting the options for the other page.  
8. Click the OK button.  
Scale a document to fit page size  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 117  
 
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Effects tab.  
4. Select the Print document on option, and then  
select a size from the drop-down list.  
118 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
Add a watermark to a document with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Effects tab.  
4. Select a watermark from the Watermarks drop-down list.  
Or, to add a new watermark to the list, click the Edit button. Specify the settings for the watermark,  
and then click the OK button.  
5. To print the watermark on the first page only, select the First page only check box. Otherwise, the  
watermark is printed on each page.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 119  
 
Print on both sides (duplex) with Windows  
NOTE: See Paper orientation for loading trays on page 87 for information about the correct way to  
load paper.  
Manually print on both sides with Windows  
NOTE: This information applies only to products that do not have an automatic duplexer.  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Finishing tab.  
120 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
   
4. Select the Print on both sides (manually)  
check box. Click the OK button to print the first  
side of the job.  
5. Retrieve the printed stack from the output bin,  
and place it with the printed-side facing up in  
Tray 1.  
6. On the control panel, press the OK button to  
print the second side of the job.  
Automatically print on both sides with Windows  
NOTE: This information applies only to products that have an automatic duplexer.  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 121  
 
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Finishing tab.  
4. Select the Print on both sides check box.  
Click the OK button to print the job.  
122 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
Create a booklet with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Finishing tab.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 123  
 
4. Select the Print on both sides check box.  
5. In the Booklet layout drop-down list, click the  
Left binding or Right binding option. The  
Pages per sheet option automatically changes  
to 2 pages per sheet.  
Print on 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 in) paper with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.  
4. From the Paper size drop-down list, select either the 4x6 or 10x15cm size.  
5. From the Paper source drop-down list, select the Tray 2 option.  
6. From the Paper type drop-down list, click the More... option.  
7. Expand the list of Type is: options.  
8. Expand the list of Photo/Cover 176-220g paper types, and select the paper type that you are  
using.  
124 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
 
Print multiple pages per sheet with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Finishing tab.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 125  
 
4. Select the number of pages per sheet from the  
Pages per sheet drop-down list.  
5. Select the correct Print page borders, Page  
order, and Orientation options.  
Select page orientation with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
126 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
 
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Finishing tab.  
4. In the Orientation area, select the Portrait or  
Landscape option.  
To print the page image upside down, select  
the Rotate by 180 degrees option.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 127  
Use job storage features with Windows  
The following job-storage modes are available for print jobs:  
Proof and Hold: This feature provides a quick way to print and proof one copy of a job and then  
print more copies.  
Personal Job: When you send a job to the product, the job does not print until you request it at  
the product control panel. If you assign a personal identification number (PIN) to the job, you must  
provide the required PIN at the control panel.  
Quick Copy: If the optional hard disk is installed on the product, you can print the requested number  
of copies of a job and then store a copy of the job on the optional hard disk. Storing the job allows  
you to print additional copies of the job later.  
Stored Job: If the optional hard disk is installed on the product, you can store a job such as a  
personnel form, time sheet, or calendar on the product and allow other users to print the job at any  
time. Stored jobs also can be protected by a PIN.  
CAUTION: If you turn off the product, all Quick Copy, Proof and Hold, and Personal Job types of  
stored jobs are deleted. To permanently store the job and prevent the product from deleting it when  
space is needed for something else, select the Stored Job option in the driver.  
Create a stored job with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
128 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
       
3. Click the Job Storage tab.  
4. Select a Job Storage Mode option.  
Print a stored job  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Press the down arrow to highlight the  
RETRIEVE JOB menu, and then press the  
OK button.  
3. Press the down arrow to highlight your user  
name, and then press the OK button.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 129  
 
4. Press the down arrow to highlight a job name,  
and then press the OK button.  
The PRINT or PRINT AND DELETE option is  
highlighted.  
NOTE: If you have stored more than one job  
on the product, you have the option to print or  
delete all of them at the same time.  
5. Press the OK button to select the PRINT or  
PRINT AND DELETE option.  
6. If the job requires a PIN, press the up arrow  
or the down arrow to enter the PIN, and then  
press the OK button.  
NOTE: If you use the up arrow or the down  
arrow to enter the PIN, press the OK button  
after each digit.  
7. Press the OK button to select the COPIES  
option.  
8. To print the number of copies specified in the  
driver when the job was stored, press the OK  
button to select the JOB option.  
To print more copies than were specified in the  
driver when the job was stored, press the down  
arrow to highlight the COPIES option, and  
then press the OK button. Press the up arrow  
or the down arrow to select the number of  
copies, and then press the OK button. The  
number of copies printed is the number of  
copies specified in the driver multiplied by the  
number of copies specified for the COPIES  
option.  
Delete a stored job  
When you send a stored job, the product overwrites any previous jobs with the same user and job name.  
If a job is not already stored under the same user and job name, and the product needs additional space,  
the product might delete other stored jobs starting with the oldest. You can change the number of jobs  
that can be stored from the RETRIEVE JOB menu on the product control panel.  
You can delete a job from the control panel, from the HP Embedded Web Server, or from HP Web  
Jetadmin. To delete a job from the control panel, use the following procedure:  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Press the down arrow to highlight the RETRIEVE JOB menu, and then press the OK button.  
3. Press the down arrow to highlight your user name, and then press the OK button.  
4. Press the down arrow to highlight a job name, and then press the OK button.  
5. Press the down arrow to highlight the DELETE option, and then press the OK button.  
6. If the job requires a PIN, press the up arrow or the down arrow to enter the PIN, and then press  
the OK button.  
130 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
 
NOTE: If you use the up arrow or the down arrow to enter the PIN, press the OK button after  
each digit.  
7. Press the OK button to confirm that you want to delete the job.  
Set job storage options with Windows  
Print one copy for proof before printing all the copies  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Job Storage tab.  
4. In the Job Storage Mode area, click the Proof and Hold option.  
Temporarily store a personal job on the product and print it later  
NOTE: The product deletes the job after you print it.  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Job Storage tab.  
4. In the Job Storage Mode area, click the Personal Job option.  
5. Optional: In the Make Job Private area, click the PIN to print option, and enter a 4-digit personal  
identification number (PIN).  
6. Print the job at any time from the product control panel.  
Temporarily store a job on the product  
NOTE: This option is available if the optional hard disk is installed in the product.  
NOTE: The product stores the job until you turn the product off.  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Job Storage tab.  
4. In the Job Storage Mode area, click the Quick Copy option.  
The requested number of copies are printed immediately, and you can print more copies from the  
product control panel.  
Permanently store a job on the product  
NOTE: This option is available if the optional hard disk is installed in the product.  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 131  
                   
3. Click the Job Storage tab.  
4. In the Job Storage Mode area, click the Stored Job option.  
Make a permanently stored job private so that anyone who tries to print it must provide a PIN  
NOTE: This option is available if the optional hard disk is installed in the product.  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Job Storage tab.  
4. In the Job Storage Mode area, click the Stored Job option or the Personal Job option.  
5. In the Make Job Private area, click the PIN to print option, and enter a 4-digit personal  
identification number (PIN).  
NOTE: To print the job or to delete it, you must provide the PIN at the product control panel.  
Receive notification when someone prints a stored job  
NOTE: Only the person who created the stored job receives notification. You do not receive notification  
when someone prints a stored job that another person has created.  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Job Storage tab.  
4. Select the job storage mode that you want.  
5. In the Job Notifications Options area, click the Display Job ID when printing option.  
Set the user name for a stored job  
Follow this procedure to change the user name for a stored job.  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Job Storage tab.  
4. Select the job storage mode that you want.  
5. In the User Name area, click the User name option to use the Windows default user name. To  
provide a different user name, click the Custom option and type the name.  
Specify a name for the stored job  
Follow this procedure to change the default name for a stored job.  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.  
3. Click the Job Storage tab.  
132 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
               
4. Select the job storage mode that you want.  
5. To automatically generate the job name associated with the stored document, in the Job Name  
area, click the Automatic option. The driver uses the document file name, if it is available. If the  
document has no file name, the driver uses the software program name or a time stamp for the job  
name.  
To specify a job name, click the Custom option and type the name.  
6. Select an option from the If job name exists drop-down list.  
Select the Use Job Name + (1-99) option to add a number to the end of the existing name.  
Select the Replace Existing File option to overwrite a job that already has that name.  
Set color options with Windows  
1. On the File menu in the software program, click  
Print.  
2. Select the product, and then click the  
Properties or Preferences button.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 133  
   
3. Click the Color tab.  
4. Click the HP EasyColor check box to clear it.  
134 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
5. In the Color Options area, click the Manual  
option, and then click the Settings button.  
6. Adjust the general settings for Edge Control,  
and settings for text, graphics, and  
photographs.  
Print special jobs with Windows  
Print business graphics or marketing material  
You can use this product to print marketing and sales material or other color documents on glossy paper.  
To maximize the quality of this output you must do the following:  
1. Choose the appropriate paper. See the following table.  
2. At the product control panel, configure the paper tray for the correct paper type.  
3. Select the corresponding settings in the printer driver.  
Supported glossy paper  
HP glossy paper product  
Product code  
Product size  
Control panel and print  
driver settings  
HP Laser Presentation Paper, Q6541A  
Soft Gloss  
Letter  
HP soft gloss 120g  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 135  
         
HP glossy paper product  
Product code  
Product size  
Control panel and print  
driver settings  
HP Laser Presentation Paper, Q2546A  
Glossy  
Letter  
HP glossy 130g  
HP glossy 130g  
HP soft gloss 120g  
HP glossy 160g  
HP glossy 160g  
HP glossy 220g  
HP glossy 220g  
HP glossy 220g  
HP glossy 220g  
HP Laser Presentation Paper, Q2552A  
Glossy  
A4  
HP Laser Professional Paper, Q6542A  
Soft Gloss  
A4  
HP Laser Brochure Paper,  
Glossy  
Q6611A, Q6610A  
Letter  
HP Laser Superior Paper,  
Glossy  
Q6616A  
A4  
HP Laser Photo Paper,  
Glossy  
Q6607A, Q6608A  
Q6614A  
Letter  
HP Laser Photo Paper,  
Glossy  
A4  
HP Laser Photo Paper,  
Glossy 4x6  
Q8842A  
101.6 x 152.4 mm (4 x 6 in)  
101.6 x 152.4 mm (4 x 6 in)  
HP Laser Photo Paper,  
Glossy 10 cm x 15 cm  
Q8843A  
NOTE: In the United States, see www.hp.com/go/paper for a complete list of HP brand paper.  
Print weatherproof maps and outdoor signs  
The product can print durable, waterproof maps, signs, or menus by using HP Tough Paper. HP Tough  
Paper is a waterproof, tear-proof, satin finish paper that retains rich, vibrant print color and clarity even  
when exposed to heavy usage or weather. This avoids expensive and time-consuming lamination. To  
maximize the quality of this output you must do the following:  
Choose the appropriate paper. See the following table.  
At the product control panel, configure the paper tray for the correct paper type.  
Select the corresponding settings in the printer driver.  
Supported tough paper  
HP paper name  
Product code  
Product size  
Control panel and print  
driver settings  
HP LaserJet Tough Paper  
Q1298A  
Q1298B  
Letter  
A4  
HP Tough Paper  
HP Tough Paper  
HP LaserJet Tough Paper  
136 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
     
Set the duplex alignment  
For documents that are printed on both sides, such as brochures, set the registration for the tray before  
printing to ensure that the front and back of the page are aligned.  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Press the down arrow to highlight the CONFIGURE DEVICE menu, and then press the OK  
button.  
3. Press the down arrow to highlight the PRINT QUALITY menu, and then press the OK button.  
4. Press the down arrow to highlight the SET REGISTRATION menu, and then press the OK button.  
5. Press the down arrow to highlight the ADJUST TRAY <X> menu for the tray that you want to  
adjust, and then press the OK button.  
6. Press the down arrow to highlight the PRINT TEST PAGE setting, and then press the OK button.  
7. Follow the instructions on the test page to complete the adjustment.  
ENWW  
Print with Windows 137  
 
138 Chapter 7 Print tasks  
ENWW  
8 Color  
ENWW  
139  
   
Adjust color  
Manage color by changing the settings on the Color tab (Windows) or the Color Options or Color/  
Quality Options menu (Mac) in the printer driver.  
Automatic  
Setting color options to the default or Automatic setting typically produces the best possible print quality  
for color documents. The default or Automatic color adjustment option optimizes the neutral-gray color  
treatment, halftones, and edge enhancements for each element in a document. For more information,  
see the printer driver online Help.  
Print in Grayscale  
Select the Print in Grayscale option (Windows) or the Print Color as Gray option (Mac) from the printer  
driver to print a color document in black and white. This option is useful for printing color documents  
that will be photocopied or faxed. The product uses the monochrome mode, which reduces use of the  
color cartridges.  
140 Chapter 8 Color  
ENWW  
       
Manual color adjustment  
Manually set the color options to adjust the neutral-gray color treatment, halftones, and edge  
enhancements for text, graphics, and photographs. To open the manual color adjustment options, follow  
one of these procedures:  
Windows: From the Color tab, click the HP EasyColor check box to clear it, click the Manual  
button, and then click the Settings button.  
Mac: Open the Advanced menu, or select the appropriate tab.  
Manual color options  
Use manual color options to adjust the Neutral Grays, Halftone, and Edge Control options for text,  
graphics, and photographs.  
Table 8-1 Manual color options  
Setting description  
Setting options  
Halftone  
Smooth provides better results for large, solid-filled print areas  
and enhances photographs by smoothing color gradations. Select  
this option when uniform and smooth area fills are the top priority.  
Halftone options affect the color output resolution  
and clarity.  
Detail is useful for text and graphics that require sharp distinctions  
among lines or colors, or images that contain a pattern or a high  
level of detail. Select this option when sharp edges and details are  
the top priority.  
Neutral Grays  
Black Only generates neutral colors (grays and black) by using  
only black toner. This guarantees neutral colors without a color  
cast. This setting is best for documents and grayscale viewgraphs.  
The Neutral Grays setting determines the method for  
creating gray colors used in text, graphics, and  
photographs.  
4-Color generates neutral colors (grays and black) by combining  
all four toner colors. This method produces smoother gradients  
and transitions to other colors, and it produces the darkest black.  
Edge Control  
Maximum is the most aggressive trapping setting. Adaptive  
halftoning is on.  
The Edge Control setting determines how edges are  
rendered. Edge control has two components:  
adaptive halftoning and trapping. Adaptive halftoning  
increases edge sharpness. Trapping reduces the  
effect of color-plane misregistration by overlapping  
the edges of adjacent objects slightly.  
Normal sets trapping at a medium level. Adaptive halftoning is on.  
Light sets trapping at a minimal level. Adaptive halftoning is on.  
Off turns off both trapping and adaptive halftoning.  
ENWW  
Adjust color 141  
         
Use the HP EasyColor option for Windows  
If you are using the HP PCL 6 printer driver for Windows, the HP EasyColor technology automatically  
improves mixed-content documents that are printed from Microsoft Office programs. This technology  
scans documents and automatically adjusts photographic images in .JPEG or .PNG format.  
HP EasyColor technology enhances the entire image at one time, rather than dividing it into several  
pieces, which results in improved color consistency, sharper details, and faster printing.  
In the following example, the images on the left were created without using the HP EasyColor option.  
The images on the right show the enhancements that result from using the HP EasyColor option.  
The HP EasyColor option is enabled by default in the HP PCL 6 printer driver, so you do not need to  
make manual color adjustments. To disable the option so you can manually adjust the color settings,  
open the Color tab, and click the HP EasyColor check box to clear it.  
142 Chapter 8 Color  
ENWW  
 
Match colors  
The process of matching product output color to your computer screen is quite complex because printers  
and computer monitors use different methods of producing color. Monitors display colors by light pixels  
using an RGB (red, green, blue) color process, but printers print colors using a CMYK (cyan, magenta,  
yellow, and black) process.  
Several factors can influence your ability to match printed colors to those on your monitor. These factors  
include:  
Paper  
Printer colorants (inks or toners for example)  
Printing process (inkjet, press, or laser technology for example)  
Overhead lighting  
Personal differences in perception of color  
Software programs  
Printer drivers  
Computer operating system  
Monitors and monitor settings  
Video cards and drivers  
Operating environment (humidity for example)  
Keep the above factors in mind when colors on your screen do not perfectly match your printed colors.  
For most users, the best method for matching colors on your screen to your product is to print sRGB  
colors.  
Sample book color matching  
The process for matching product output to preprinted sample books and standard color references is  
complex. In general, you can obtain a reasonably good match to a sample book if the inks used to create  
the sample book are cyan, magenta, yellow, and black. These are usually referred to as process color  
sample books.  
Some sample books are created from spot colors. Spot colors are specially created colorants. Many of  
these spot colors are outside of the range of the product. Most spot color sample books have companion  
process sample books that provide CMYK approximations to the spot color.  
Most process sample books will state which process standards were used to print the sample book. In  
most cases they will be SWOP, EURO, or DIC. To get optimal color matching to the process sample  
book, select the corresponding ink emulation from the product menu. If you cannot identify the process  
standard, use SWOP ink emulation.  
Print color samples  
To use the color samples, select the color sample that is the closest match to the desired color. Use the  
sample’s color value in your software program to describe the object you wish to match. Colors may  
ENWW  
Match colors 143  
           
vary depending on paper type and the software program used. For more details on how to use the color  
Use the following procedure to print color samples at the product using the control panel:  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Press the down arrow to highlight the INFORMATION menu, and press the OK button.  
3. Press the down arrow to highlight either the PRINT RGB SAMPLES or the PRINT CMYK  
SAMPLES option, and press the OK button.  
PANTONE® color matching  
PANTONE has multiple color matching systems. PANTONE MATCHING SYSTEM® is very popular  
and uses solid inks to generate a wide range of color hues and tints. See www.hp.com/go/  
cljcp4025_software or www.hp.com/go/cljcp4525_software for details on how to use PANTONE Colors  
with this product.  
NOTE: PANTONE Colors generated might not match PANTONE-identified standards. Consult current  
PANTONE Publications for accurate color.  
144 Chapter 8 Color  
ENWW  
   
Advanced color use  
The product provides automatic color features that generate excellent color results. Carefully designed  
and tested color tables provide smooth, accurate color rendition of all printable colors.  
The product also provides sophisticated tools for the experienced professional.  
HP ColorSphere toner  
HP designs the print system (printer, print cartridges, toner, and paper) to work together to optimize print  
quality, product reliability, and user productivity. Original HP print cartridges contain HP ColorSphere  
toner that is specifically matched to your printer so that it will produce a wide range of brilliant colors.  
This helps you create professional looking documents that contain sharp, clear text and graphics and  
realistic printed photos.  
HP ColorSphere toner produces print-quality consistency and intensity you can depend on across a  
wide range of papers. You can produce documents that help you make the right impression. Plus,  
HP professional-quality everyday and specialty papers (including a wide variety of HP media types and  
weights) are designed for the way you work.  
HP ImageREt 3600  
HP ImageREt 3600 print technology is a system of innovative technologies developed exclusively by  
HP to deliver superior print quality. The HP ImageREt system sets itself apart from the industry by  
integrating technology advancements and optimizing each element of the print system. Several  
categories of HP ImageREt have been developed for a variety of user needs.  
The system’s foundation is composed of key color laser technologies, including image enhancements,  
smart supplies, and high-resolution imaging. As the level or category of ImageREt increases, these core  
technologies are refined for more advanced system usage, and additional technologies are integrated.  
HP offers superior image enhancements for general office documents and marketing collateral.  
Optimized for printing on HP color laser high-gloss papers, HP Image REt 3600 provides superior results  
on all supported media, and under a variety of environmental conditions.  
Paper selection  
For the best color and image quality, select the appropriate paper type from the control panel menu or  
from the printer driver.  
Color options  
Color options automatically provide optimal color output. These options use object tagging, which  
provides optimal color and halftone settings for different objects (text, graphics, and photos) on a page.  
The printer driver determines which objects appear on a page and uses halftone and color settings that  
provide the best print quality for each object.  
In the Windows environment, the Automatic and Manual color options are on the Color tab in the printer  
driver.  
Standard red-green-blue (sRGB)  
Standard red-green-blue (sRGB) is a worldwide color standard that HP and Microsoft developed as a  
common color language for monitors, input devices (scanners and digital cameras), and output devices  
(printers and plotters). It is the default color space used for HP products, Microsoft operating systems,  
ENWW  
Advanced color use 145  
               
the World Wide Web, and most office software. The sRGB standard represents the typical Windows  
monitor and is the convergence standard for high-definition television.  
NOTE: Factors such as the type of monitor you use and the room lighting can affect the appearance  
of colors on your screen. For more information, see Match colors on page 143.  
The latest versions of Adobe PhotoShop®, CorelDRAW®, Microsoft Office, and many other programs  
use sRGB to communicate color. Because it is the default color space in Microsoft operating systems,  
sRGB has been adopted broadly. When programs and devices use sRGB to exchange color information,  
typical users experience greatly improved color matching.  
The sRGB standard improves your ability to match colors between the product, the computer monitor,  
and other input devices automatically, and eliminates the need to become a color expert.  
146 Chapter 8 Color  
ENWW  
Print information pages  
Information pages provide details about the product and its current configuration. Use the following  
procedure to print the information pages:  
1. Press the Home  
button.  
2. Press the down arrow to highlight the INFORMATION menu, and then press the OK button.  
3. Press the down arrow to highlight the required information, and then press the OK button to print.  
Item  
Description  
PRINT MENU MAP  
Prints the control-panel menu map, which shows the layout and current  
settings of the control-panel menu items.  
PRINT CONFIGURATION  
Prints the product configuration pages, which show the printer settings and  
installed accessories.  
PRINT SUPPLIES STATUS PAGE  
Prints the approximate remaining life for the supplies; reports statistics on  
total number of pages and jobs processed, serial number, page counts, and  
maintenance information.  
HP provides approximations of the remaining life for the supplies as a  
customer convenience. The actual remaining supply levels might be different  
than the approximations provided.  
SUPPLIES STATUS  
PRINT USAGE PAGE  
Displays the approximate status of the print cartridges, transfer kit, fuser kit,  
and toner collection unit in a scrollable list. Press the OK button to open help  
for each item.  
Prints a count of all paper sizes that have passed through the product; lists  
whether they were simplex, duplex, monochrome, or color; and reports the  
page count.  
PRINT COLOR USAGE JOB LOG  
PRINT DEMO PAGE  
Prints the color-use statistics for the printer.  
Prints a demonstration page.  
PRINT RGB SAMPLES  
Prints color samples for different RGB values. Use the samples as a guide  
for matching printed colors.  
PRINT CMYK SAMPLES  
Prints color samples for different CMYK values. Use the samples as a guide  
for matching printed colors.  
PRINT FILE DIRECTORY  
PRINT PCL FONT LIST  
PRINT PS FONT LIST  
Prints the name and directory of files stored in the product.  
Prints the available PCL fonts.  
Prints the available PS fonts.  
148 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
       
Use the HP Easy Printer Care software  
Open the HP Easy Printer Care software  
NOTE: HP Easy Printer Care is not compatible with Mac OS.  
Use one of the following methods to open the HP Easy Printer Care software:  
On the Start menu, select Programs, select Hewlett-Packard, select HP Easy Printer Care, and  
then click Start HP Easy Printer Care.  
In the Windows system tray (in the lower-right corner of the desktop), double-click the HP Easy  
Printer Care icon.  
Double-click the desktop icon.  
HP Easy Printer Care software sections  
HP Easy Printer Care software can provide information about multiple HP products that are on your  
network as well as any products that are directly connected to your computer. Some of the items that  
are in the following table might not be available for every product.  
The Help button (?) in the upper-right corner of each page provides more detailed information about the  
options on that page.  
Section  
Options  
Device List tab  
Devices list: Shows the products that you can select.  
When you open the software, this is the  
first page that appears.  
NOTE: The product information appears either in list form or as icons,  
depending on the setting for the View as option.  
NOTE: To return to this page from any  
tab, click My HP Printers in the left side  
of the window.  
The information on this tab includes current alerts for the product.  
If you click a product in the list, the HP Easy Printer Care opens the  
Overview tab for that product.  
Compatible Printers  
Provides a list of all the HP products that support HP Easy Printer Care software.  
Find Other Printers window  
Click the Find Other Printers link in the Devices list to open the Find Other  
Printers window. The Find Other Printers window provides a utility that detects  
other network printers so that you can add them to the My HP Printers list and then  
monitor those products from your computer.  
Add more products to the  
My HP Printers list  
Overview tab  
Device Status section: This section shows product-identification information  
and the product status. It indicates product-alert conditions, such as when a  
print cartridge has reached is estimated end of life. After you correct a problem  
Contains basic status information for the  
product  
with the product, click the refresh button  
window to update the status.  
in the upper-right corner of the  
Supplies Status section: Shows detailed supplies status, such as the  
estimated life remaining in the print cartridge and the status of the paper that  
is loaded in each tray.  
Supplies Details link: Opens the supplies status page to view more detailed  
information about product supplies, ordering information, and recycling  
information.  
ENWW  
Use the HP Easy Printer Care software 149  
         
Section  
Options  
Support tab  
Device Status section: This section shows product-identification information  
and the product status. It indicates product-alert conditions, such as a print  
cartridge that is at its estimated end of life. After you correct a problem with the  
Provides links to support information  
product, click the refresh button  
update the status.  
in the upper-right corner of the window to  
Device Management section: Provides links to information about HP Easy  
Printer Care, to advanced product settings, and to product usage reports.  
Troubleshooting and Help: Provides links to tools that you can use to resolve  
problems, to online product support information, and to online HP experts.  
Settings tab  
About: Provides general information about this tab.  
Configure product settings, adjust print-  
quality settings, and find information  
about specific product features  
General: Provides information about the product, such as the model number,  
serial number, and the settings for date and time, if they are available.  
Information Pages: Provides links to print the information pages that are  
available for the product.  
NOTE: This tab is not available for  
some products.  
Capabilities: Provides information about product features, such as duplexing,  
the available memory, and the available printing personalities. Click Change  
to adjust the settings.  
Print Quality: Provides information about print-quality settings. Click  
Change to adjust the settings.  
Trays / Paper: Provides information about the trays and how they are  
configured. Click Change to adjust the settings.  
Restore Defaults: Provides a way to restore the product settings to the factory  
defaults. Click Restore to restore the settings to the defaults.  
HP Proactive Support  
When enabled, HP Proactive Support routinely scans your printing system to identify  
potential problems. Click the more info link to configure how frequently the scans  
occur. This page also provides information about available updates for product  
software, firmware, and HP printer drivers. You can accept or decline each  
recommended update.  
NOTE: This item is available from the  
Overview and Support tabs.  
Supplies Ordering button  
Ordering list: Shows the supplies that you can order for each product. To order  
a certain item, click the Order check box for that item in the supplies list. You  
can sort the list by product, or by the supplies that need to be ordered the  
soonest. The list contains supplies information for every product that is in the  
My HP Printers list.  
Click the Supplies Ordering button on  
any tab to open the Supplies Ordering  
window, which provides access to online  
supplies ordering.  
Shop Online for Supplies button: Opens the HP SureSupply Web site in a  
new browser window. If you have checked the Order check box for any items,  
the information about those items can be transferred to the Web site, where  
you will receive information on options for purchasing your selected supplies.  
NOTE: This item is available from the  
Overview and Support tabs.  
Print Shopping List button: Prints the information for the supplies that have  
the Order check box selected.  
150 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
Section  
Options  
Alert Settings link  
Click Alert Settings to open the Alert Settings window, in which you can configure  
alerts for each product.  
NOTE: This item is available from the  
Overview and Support tabs.  
Alerting is on or off: Activates or deactivates the alerts feature.  
Printer Alerts: Select the option to receive alerts for critical errors only, or for  
any error.  
Job Alerts: For products that support it, you can receive alerts for specific print  
jobs.  
Color Access Control  
Use this feature to permit or restrict color printing.  
NOTE: This item is available only for  
HP color products that support Color  
Access Control.  
NOTE: This item is available from the  
Overview and Support tabs.  
ENWW  
Use the HP Easy Printer Care software 151  
Use the HP Embedded Web Server  
Use the HP Embedded Web Server to view product status, configure product network settings, and to  
manage printing functions from your computer instead of from the product control panel. The following  
are examples of what you can do using the HP Embedded Web Server:  
NOTE: When the product is directly connected to a computer, use the HP Easy Printer Care software  
to view the product status instead of the HP Embedded Web Server.  
View product status information.  
Determine the remaining life for all supplies and order new ones.  
View and change tray configurations.  
View and change the product control-panel menu configuration.  
View and print internal pages.  
Receive notification of product and supplies events.  
View and change network configuration.  
To use the HP Embedded Web Server, you must have Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.01 or later or  
Netscape 6.2 or later for Windows, Mac OS, and Linux (Netscape only). Netscape Navigator 4.7 is  
required for HP-UX 10 and HP-UX 11. The HP Embedded Web Server works when the product is  
connected to an IP-based network. The HP Embedded Web Server does not support IPX-based product  
connections. You do not have to have Internet access to open and use the HP Embedded Web  
Server.  
When the product is connected to the network, the HP Embedded Web Server is automatically available.  
NOTE: For complete information about using the HP Embedded Web Server, see the HP Embedded  
Web Server User Guide, which is on the HP Web site at www.hp.com/support/cljcp4025 or www.hp.com/  
Open the HP Embedded Web Server by using a network connection  
1. Identify the product IP address or host name:  
a. At the product control panel press the Home button.  
b. Highlight and select the INFORMATION menu.  
c. Highlight and select the PRINT CONFIGURATION option.  
d. Locate the IP address or host name on the HP Jetdirect page.  
2. In a supported Web browser on your computer, type the product IP address or host name in the  
address/URL field.  
152 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
       
Features  
Tab or section  
Options  
Description  
Information tab  
Device Status  
Shows the product status and shows the estimated life  
remaining of HP supplies. The page also shows the type  
and size of print paper set for each tray. To change the  
default settings, click Change Settings.  
Provides product, status, and  
configuration information  
Configuration Page  
Supplies Status  
Shows the information found on the configuration page.  
Shows the estimated life remaining of HP supplies. This  
page also provides supplies part numbers. To order new  
supplies, click Shop for Supplies in the Other Links area  
on the left side of the window.  
Event Log  
Shows a list of all product events and errors. Use the HP  
Instant Support link (in the Other Links area on all HP  
Embedded Web Server pages) to connect to a set of  
dynamic Web pages that help you solve Event Log issues  
and other problems. These pages also show additional  
services available for the product.  
Usage Page  
Shows a summary of the number of pages the product has  
printed, grouped by size, type, and paper print path.  
Diagnostics Page  
Provides the time of the last calibration and the electro-  
photographic (EP) parameters that can be used to  
diagnose some print quality problems. For more  
information, contact HP Support. See Customer support  
Device Information  
Shows the product network name, address, and model  
information. To customize these entries, click Device  
Information on the Settings tab.  
Control Panel  
Shows messages from the control panel, such as Ready  
or Sleep mode on.  
Color Usage Job Log  
Shows the total pages printed, the number of pages printed  
in color, and the number of pages printed in black only.  
Print  
Send print-ready jobs to the product.  
Settings tab  
Configure Device  
Configure product default settings. This page contains the  
traditional menus found on the control-panel display.  
Provides the ability to configure the  
product from your computer  
NOTE: The Settings tab can be  
password-protected. If this product is  
on a network, always consult with the  
system administrator before changing  
settings on this tab.  
Tray Sizes/Types  
E-mail Server  
Configure the size and type of paper for each tray.  
Network only. Used in conjunction with the Alert  
Subscriptions page to set up e-mail alerts.  
Alert Subscriptions  
Alert Thresholds  
Network only. Receive e-mail alerts for various product and  
supplies events. Click New Destination List to set up an  
e-mail list for alert messages.  
Set the time or value for when the product sends particular  
alerts.  
ENWW  
Use the HP Embedded Web Server 153  
       
Tab or section  
Options  
Description  
AutoSend  
Configure the product to send automated e-mails regarding  
product configuration and supplies to specific e-mail  
addresses.  
Security  
Set a password for access to the Settings and  
Networking tabs as well as portions of the product's  
control panel and HP Jetdirect networking. Enable and  
disable certain features of the product.  
Edit Other Links  
Add or customize a link to another Web site. This link  
appears in the Other Links area on all HP Embedded Web  
Server pages.  
Device Information  
Name the product and assign an asset number to it. Enter  
the name of the primary contact who will receive  
information about the product.  
Language  
Set the language in which to display the HP Embedded  
Web Server information.  
Date & Time  
Sleep Schedule  
Restrict Color  
Set the date and time or synchronize with a network time  
server.  
Set or edit the product sleep time and a wake time for the  
product to become ready.  
Permit or restrict color printing. You can specify  
permissions for individual users or for jobs that are sent  
from specific software programs.  
Networking tab  
Network administrators can use this tab to control network-  
related settings for the product when it is connected to an  
IP-based network. This tab does not appear if the product  
is directly connected to a computer, or if the product is  
connected to a network using anything other than an  
HP Jetdirect print server.  
Provides the ability to change network  
settings from your computer  
NOTE: The Networking tab can be  
password-protected.  
For Mac OS X, you can change the Bonjour name that  
displays for products on the network.  
Other Links  
HP Instant Support  
Connects to the HP Web site to help you find solutions to  
product problems.  
Contains links that connect you to the  
Internet  
NOTE: You must have Internet  
access in order to use any of these  
links. If you use a dial-up connection  
and did not connect when you first  
opened the HP Embedded Web  
Server, you must connect before you  
can visit these Web sites. Connecting  
might require that you close the HP  
Embedded Web Server and reopen it.  
Shop for Supplies  
Connects to the HP SureSupply Web site, where you can  
receive information on options for purchasing original  
HP supplies, such as print cartridges and paper.  
Product Support  
Show Me How  
Connects to the support site for the product.  
Connects to information that demonstrates specific tasks  
for the product, such as clearing jams and printing on  
various types of paper.  
154 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
   
Use HP Web Jetadmin software  
HP Web Jetadmin is a Web-based software solution for remotely installing, monitoring, and  
troubleshooting network-connected peripherals. Management is proactive, allowing network  
administrators the ability to resolve issues before users are affected. Download this free, enhanced-  
management software at www.hp.com/go/webjetadmin.  
Device plug-ins can be installed into HP Web Jetadmin to provide support for specific product features.  
The HP Web Jetadmin software can automatically notify you when new plug-ins are available. On the  
Product Update page, follow the directions to automatically connect to the HP Web site and install the  
latest device plug-ins for your product.  
NOTE: Browsers must be Java™-enabled. Browsing from an Apple PC is not supported.  
ENWW  
Use HP Web Jetadmin software 155  
   
Product security features  
Security statements  
The product supports security standards and recommended protocols that help you keep the product  
secure, protect critical information on your network, and simplify the way you monitor and maintain the  
product.  
For in-depth information about HP's secure imaging and printing solutions, visit www.hp.com/go/  
secureprinting. The site provides links to white papers and FAQ documents about security features.  
IP Security  
IP Security (IPsec) is a set of protocols that control IP-based network traffic to and from the product.  
IPsec provides host-to-host authentication, data integrity, and encryption of network communications.  
For products that are connected to the network and have an HP Jetdirect print server, you can configure  
IPsec by using the Networking tab in the HP Embedded Web Server.  
Secure the HP Embedded Web Server  
Assign a password for access to the embedded Web server so that unauthorized users cannot change  
the product settings.  
1. Open the HP Embedded Web Server by entering the product IP address into the address line of  
a Web browser.  
2. Click the Settings tab.  
3. On the left side of the window, click the Security menu.  
4. In the Device Security Settings area, click the Configure . . . button.  
5. In the Device Password area, type the password in the New Password box, and type it again in  
the Verify password box.  
6. Click the Apply button. Make note of the password and store it in a safe place.  
HP Encrypted High Performance Hard Disks  
This product supports an optional encrypted hard disk that you can install in the EIO accessory slot.  
This hard disk provides hardware-based encryption so you can securely store sensitive print, copy, and  
scan data without impacting product performance. This hard disk uses the latest Advanced Encryption  
Standard (AES) and has versatile time-saving features and robust functionality.  
Use the Security menu in the HP Embedded Web Server to configure the disk.  
For more information about the encrypted hard disk, see the HP High-Performance Secure Hard Disk  
Setup Guide.  
1. Go to www.hp.com/support.  
2. Type Secure Hard Disk into the search box and click the >> button.  
3. Click the HP Secure High Performance Hard Disk Drive link.  
4. Click the Manuals link.  
156 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
               
For information about ordering this accessory, see Supplies and accessories on page 235.  
Secure stored jobs  
You can protect jobs that are stored on the product by assigning a PIN to them. Anyone who tries to  
print these protected jobs must first enter the PIN at the product control panel.  
Lock the control panel menus  
You can lock various menus on the control panel by using the HP Embedded Web Server.  
1. Open the HP Embedded Web Server by entering the product IP address into the address line of  
a Web browser.  
2. Click the Settings tab, and then click the Security link.  
3. Click the Device Security Settings button.  
4. In the Control Panel Access Lock area, select the level of security that you want.  
Minimum Menu Lock  
The SYSTEM SETUP menu is locked.  
The I/O menu is locked.  
The RESETS menu is locked.  
The MANAGE SUPPLIES menu is locked.  
Moderate Menu Lock  
The CONFIGURE DEVICE menu is locked (all submenus).  
The DIAGNOSTICS menu is locked.  
The MANAGE SUPPLIES menu is locked.  
Intermediate Menu Lock  
The PAPER HANDLING menu is locked.  
The CONFIGURE DEVICE menu is locked (all submenus).  
The DIAGNOSTICS menu is locked.  
The MANAGE SUPPLIES menu is locked.  
Maximum Menu Lock  
The INFORMATION menu is locked.  
The PAPER HANDLING menu is locked.  
The CONFIGURE DEVICE menu is locked (all submenus).  
ENWW  
Product security features 157  
       
The DIAGNOSTICS menu is locked.  
The MANAGE SUPPLIES menu is locked.  
5. Click the Apply button.  
Lock the formatter  
The formatter area, on the back of the product, has a slot that you can use to attach a security cable.  
Locking the formatter prevents someone from removing valuable components from it.  
158 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
   
Economy settings  
Optimize speed or energy usage  
The optimum speed or energy usage feature controls the fuser cool down behavior. The following  
settings are available:  
FASTER FIRST PAGE  
The fuser maintains power and the first page processes faster  
for any new job that is sent to the product.  
SAVE ENERGY  
The fuser reduces power when it is idle.  
SAVE MORE ENERGY  
The fuser reduces power when it is idle. The fuser reduces  
more power than the SAVE ENERGY setting.  
SAVE MOST ENERGY  
The fuser is turned-off and it gradually cools to room  
temperature. The SAVE MOST ENERGYsetting takes the  
longest time to print the first page.  
Complete the following steps to optimize the product for speed or energy usage:  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Open each of the following menus. Press the down arrow to highlight it and then press the OK  
button to select it.  
a. CONFIGURE DEVICE  
b. SYSTEM SETUP  
c. OPTIMUM SPEED/ENERGY USAGE  
3. Select the appropriate option.  
Powersave modes  
The adjustable sleep mode feature reduces power consumption when the product has been inactive for  
an extended period. You can set the length of time before the product enters sleep mode.  
NOTE: This mode does not affect product warm-up time.  
Disable or enable sleep mode  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Open each of the following menus. Press the down arrow to highlight it and then press the OK  
button to select it.  
a. CONFIGURE DEVICE  
b. RESETS  
c. SLEEP MODE  
ENWW  
Economy settings 159  
           
3. Press the up arrow or down arrow  
/
to select the ON or OFF setting, and then press the OK  
button.  
4. Press the Home button  
.
Set sleep delay  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Open each of the following menus. Press the down arrow to highlight it and then press the OK  
button to select it.  
a. CONFIGURE DEVICE  
b. SYSTEM SETUP  
c. SLEEP DELAY  
3. Press the up or down arrow / to select the appropriate time period, and then press the OK button.  
4. Press the Home button  
.
Wake time  
The wake time feature allows you to instruct the product to wake at a certain time on selected days, to  
eliminate waiting for the warm-up and calibration periods. You must have the SLEEP MODE setting on  
to set the wake time.  
NOTE: Make sure that the real-time clock is set to the correct date and time before you set the wake  
time.  
Set the real-time clock  
Use the real-time clock feature to set the date and time settings. The date and time information is  
attached to stored print jobs, so you can identify the most recent versions.  
Access the DATE/TIME menu  
1.  
Press the Home button  
.
2. Open each of the following menus. Press the down arrow to highlight it and then  
press the OK button to select it.  
a. CONFIGURE DEVICE  
b. SYSTEM SETUP  
c. DATE/TIME  
Set the date  
1. From the DATE/TIME menu, highlight and select the DATE menu.  
2. Press the up arrow or down arrow  
/
to select the year, month, and day. Press the  
OK button after each selection.  
Set the date format  
1. From the DATE/TIME menu, highlight and select the DATE FORMAT menu.  
2. Press the up arrow or down arrow  
/
to select the date format, and then press the  
OK button.  
160 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
           
Set the time  
1. From the DATE/TIME menu, highlight and select the TIME menu.  
2. Press the up arrow or down arrow to select the hour, minute, and AM/PM setting.  
/
Press the OK button after each selection.  
Set the time format  
1. From the DATE/TIME menu, highlight and select the TIME FORMAT menu.  
2. Press the up arrow or down arrow  
/
to select the time format, and then press the  
OK button.  
Set the wake time  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Open each of the following menus. Press the down arrow to highlight it and then press the OK  
button to select it.  
a. CONFIGURE DEVICE  
b. SYSTEM SETUP  
c. WAKE TIME  
3. Press the up arrow or down arrow / to select the day of the week, and then press the OK button.  
4. Press the down arrow to select the CUSTOM setting, and then press the OK button.  
5. Press the up arrow or down arrow / to select the hour, minutes, and the AM or PM setting. Press  
the OK button after each selection.  
6. Press the OK button to enter the APPLY TO ALL DAYS menu.  
7. Press the up arrow or down arrow  
/
to select the YES or the NO setting, and then press the  
OK button.  
8. If you select NO, use the up arrow or down arrow  
/
to set the WAKE TIME setting for the other  
days of the week, and then press the OK button to accept each selection.  
9. Press the Home button  
.
ENWW  
Economy settings 161  
 
Manage supplies and accessories  
Print when a cartridge reaches estimated end of life  
When a print cartridge reaches the end of its estimated useful life, the control panel displays a <COLOR>  
CARTRIDGE VERY LOW message. You do not need to replace the supply at this time unless print  
quality is no longer acceptable. When the supply has reached this condition, the HP premium protection  
warranty for that supply has ended. The product does not supply more prompts after this message  
appears.  
You can configure the product to stop when the <COLOR> CARTRIDGE VERY LOW message displays.  
The print cartridge might still be able to produce acceptable print quality. When the product stops, you  
can continue printing either by replacing the supply or by using the AT VERY LOW setting in the  
MANAGE SUPPLIES menu to reconfigure the product to continue printing. For more information, see  
The cartridge-life remaining is an approximation only, and it varies depending on the types of documents  
you print and other factors.  
Manage print cartridges  
Print-cartridge storage  
Do not remove the print cartridge from its package until you are ready to use it.  
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the print cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a few  
minutes.  
HP policy on non-HP print cartridges  
Hewlett-Packard Company cannot recommend the use of non-HP print cartridges, either new or  
remanufactured.  
NOTE: Any damage caused by a non-HP print cartridge is not covered under the HP warranty and  
service agreements.  
To install a new HP print cartridge, see Replace print cartridges on page 164. To recycle the used  
cartridge, follow the instructions included with the new cartridge. For more information about recycling,  
HP fraud hotline and Web site  
Call the HP fraud hotline (1-877-219-3183, toll-free in North America) or go to www.hp.com/go/  
anticounterfeit when you install an HP print cartridge and the control-panel message says the cartridge  
is non-HP. HP will help determine if the cartridge is genuine and take steps to resolve the problem.  
Your print cartridge might not be a genuine HP print cartridge if you notice the following:  
The supplies status page indicates that a non-HP supply is installed.  
You are experiencing a high number of problems with the print cartridge.  
The cartridge does not look like it usually does (for example, the packaging differs from  
HP packaging).  
162 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
                       
Recycle supplies  
Information about recycling used print cartridges is on the print-cartridge box. See Return and recycling  
Cartridge memory tag  
The HP print cartridges used with this product contain a memory tag that assists in product operation.  
In addition, this memory tag collects a limited set of information about product usage, which might include  
the following information:  
The date when the print cartridge was first installed  
The date when the print cartridge was last used  
The number of pages printed using the print cartridge  
The page coverage  
The printing modes used  
Any printing errors that might have occurred  
The product model  
This information helps HP design future products to meet customers' printing needs.  
The data collected from the print cartridge memory tag does not contain information that can be used  
to identify a customer or the specific product.  
HP collects a sampling of the memory tags from print cartridges that are returned to HP's free return  
and recycling program (HP Planet Partners: www.hp.com/recycle). The memory tags from this sampling  
are read and studied to improve future HP products. HP partners who assist in recycling this print  
cartridge might also have access to this data.  
Any third-party company that possesses the print cartridge might have access to the anonymous  
information on the memory tag. If you prefer to not allow access to this information, you can render the  
tag inoperable. However, after you render the memory tag inoperable, the memory tag cannot be used  
in an HP product.  
ENWW  
Manage supplies and accessories 163  
     
Replacement instructions  
Replace print cartridges  
The product uses four colors and has a different print cartridge for each color: black (K), magenta (M),  
cyan (C), and yellow (Y).  
CAUTION: If toner gets on clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash the clothes in cold water. Hot  
water sets toner into fabric.  
NOTE: Information about recycling used print cartridges is on the print-cartridge box.  
1. Open the front door. Make sure that the door is  
completely open.  
2. Grasp the handle of the used print cartridge and  
pull out to remove.  
3. Store the used print cartridge in a protective  
bag. Information about recycling used print  
cartridges is on the print-cartridge box.  
164 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
   
4. Remove the new print cartridge from its  
protective bag.  
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the memory  
tag on the print cartridge.  
5. Grasp both sides of the print cartridge and  
distribute the toner by gently rocking the print  
cartridge.  
6. Remove the orange protective cover from the  
print cartridge.  
CAUTION: Avoid prolonged exposure to  
light.  
CAUTION: Do not touch the green roller.  
Doing so can damage the cartridge.  
ENWW  
Replacement instructions 165  
 
7. Align the print cartridge with its slot and insert  
the print cartridge until it clicks into place.  
NOTE: The print cartridges go in at a slight  
angle.  
8. Close the front door.  
166 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
Replace the toner collection unit  
Replace the toner collection unit when the control panel prompts you.  
NOTE: The toner collection unit is designed for a single use. Do not attempt to empty the toner  
collection unit and reuse it. Doing so could lead to toner being spilled inside the product, which could  
result in reduced print quality. After use, return the toner collection unit to HP’s Planet Partners program  
for recycling.  
1. Open the front door. Make sure that the door is  
completely open.  
2. Grasp the top of the toner collection unit and  
remove it from the product.  
3. Place the attached cap over the opening at the  
top of the unit.  
ENWW  
Replacement instructions 167  
 
4. Remove the new toner collection unit from its  
packaging.  
5. Insert the bottom of the new unit into the  
product first and then push the top of the unit  
until it clicks into place.  
6. Close the front door.  
NOTE: If the toner collection unit is not  
installed correctly, the front door does not close  
completely.  
To recycle the used toner collection unit, follow  
the instructions included with the new toner  
collection unit.  
168 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
Install memory DIMMs  
You can install more memory for the product by adding a dual inline memory module (DIMM).  
CAUTION: Static electricity can damage electronic parts. When handling electronic parts, either wear  
an antistatic wrist strap, or frequently touch the surface of the antistatic package and then touch bare  
metal on the product.  
1. Turn the product off.  
2. Disconnect all power and interface cables.  
NOTE: This illustration might not show all the cables.  
3. Locate the thumb screws on the formatter board in the rear of the product.  
ENWW  
Replacement instructions 169  
 
4. Unscrew the thumb screws and then pull the formatter board from the product. Place the formatter  
board on a clean, flat, grounded surface.  
5. To replace a DIMM that is currently installed, spread the latches apart on each side of the DIMM  
slot, lift the DIMM up at an angle, and pull it out.  
X O  
O
X
O
X
X O  
X O  
X O  
X O  
X O  
O
X
O
X
X O  
O
O X  
O X  
X
O
X
XO  
O
X
XO  
XO  
O
X O  
X O  
X
O
O
X
O
X
X
X O  
XO  
O
X
O
X
XOXOX  
O
XOXO  
XO  
XOXO  
XO  
XOXOXOXOXOXO  
XOXOXOXOXOXO  
XO  
O
XOXOX  
O
XOXOX  
OXO  
X
O
X
XO  
XO  
XO  
XO  
O
X
O
X
XOXO  
XOXOX  
O
XO  
XOXOXO  
O
XOXO  
XO  
X
O
X
XOXOX  
O
XOXOX  
O
XOXO  
XO  
6. Remove the new DIMM from the antistatic package. Locate the alignment notch on the bottom  
edge of the DIMM.  
170 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
7. Holding the DIMM by the edges, align the notch on the DIMM with the bar in the DIMM slot at an  
angle and firmly press the DIMM into the slot until it is fully seated. When installed correctly, the  
metal contacts are not visible.  
X O  
O
X
O
X
X O  
O
X
X O  
X O  
X O  
O
X
O
X
X O  
O
O X  
O X  
X
O
X
XO  
O
X
XO  
XO  
O
X O  
X O  
X
O
O
X
O
X
X
X O  
XO  
O
X
O
X
XOXOX  
O
XOXO  
XO  
XOXO  
XO  
XOXOXOXOXOXO  
XOXOXOXOXOXO  
XO  
O
XOXOX  
O
XOXOX  
OXO  
X
XO  
XO  
XO  
XO  
XO  
O
X
O
X
XOXO  
XOXOX  
O
XO  
XOXOXO  
O
XOXO  
XO  
X
O
X
XOXOX  
O
XOXOX  
O
XOXO  
XO  
8. Push down on the DIMM until both latches engage the DIMM.  
XIO  
X  
I
XI  
O
XIO  
X
O
OX  
XI  
O
XI  
O
I
X
O
XIX  
XIO  
XIO  
O
OX  
I
XI  
O
XIO  
XIX  
O
X
O
XI  
O
XO  
XO  
XO  
XO  
O
X
O
X
O
XIX  
O
XIXO  
O
XIX  
O
O
OX  
OX  
X
XOXO  
XO  
XOXO  
XO  
XOXO  
XO  
O
XOXOXOXOXOXO  
OX  
OX  
XOXO  
XO  
X
O
XOXO  
XOXO  
XOXOXOXOXOXO  
XOXO  
XO  
O
OX  
X
XO  
OX  
X
XOXO  
XO  
XO  
XOXOXO  
O
XOXO  
XO  
X
XO  
XOXO  
XO  
XOXO  
XO XOXO  
XO  
NOTE: If you have difficulty inserting the DIMM, make sure the notch on the bottom of the DIMM  
is aligned with the bar in the slot. If the DIMM still does not go in, make sure you are using the  
correct type of DIMM.  
9. Align the formatter board in the tracks at the bottom of the slot, and then slide the board back into  
the product.  
NOTE: To prevent damage to the formatter board, ensure the formatter board is aligned in the  
tracks at the top and the bottom of the opening.  
ENWW  
Replacement instructions 171  
10. Reconnect the power cable and interface cables, and turn the product on.  
Enable memory  
Windows XP, Windows Server 2003,  
1. Click Start.  
Windows Server 2008, and Windows  
Vista  
2. Click Settings.  
3. Click Printers and Faxes (using the default Start menu view) or click  
Printers (using the Classic Start menu view).  
4. Right-click the product driver icon, and then select Properties.  
5. Click the Device Settings tab.  
6. Expand the area for Installable Options.  
7. Next to Automatic Configuration, select Update Now.  
8. Click OK.  
NOTE: If the memory is not updated correctly after using the Update Now option,  
you can manually select the total amount of memory installed in the product in the  
Installable Options area.  
The Update Now option overwrites any existing product configuration settings.  
1. Click Start.  
Windows 7  
2. Click Devices and Printers.  
3. Right-click the product driver icon, and then select Printer properties.  
4. Click the Device Settings tab.  
5. Expand the area for Installable Options.  
6. Next to Automatic Configuration, select Update Now.  
7. Click OK.  
NOTE: If the memory is not updated correctly after using the Update Now option,  
you can manually select the total amount of memory installed in the product in the  
Installable Options area.  
The Update Now option overwrites any existing product configuration settings.  
172 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
 
Mac OS X 10.4  
1.  
From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click  
the Print & Fax icon.  
2. Select the product in the left side of the window.  
3. Click the Printer Setup button.  
4. Click the Installable Options menu.  
Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6  
1.  
From the Apple menu , click the System Preferences menu and then click  
the Print & Fax icon.  
2. Select the product in the left side of the window.  
3. Click the Options & Supplies button.  
4. Click the Driver tab.  
5. Configure the installed options.  
Check DIMM installation  
After installing the DIMM, make sure that the installation was successful.  
1. Turn the product on. Check that the Ready light is illuminated after the product has gone through  
the startup sequence. If an error message appears, a DIMM might have been incorrectly installed.  
2. Print a configuration page (see Print information pages on page 148).  
3. Check the memory section on the configuration page and compare it to the configuration page that  
was printed before the memory installation. If the amount of memory has not increased, the DIMM  
might not be installed correctly, or the DIMM might be defective. Repeat the installation procedure.  
If necessary, install a different DIMM.  
NOTE: If you installed a product language (personality), check the "Installed Personalities and  
Options" section on the configuration page. This area should list the new product language.  
Memory allocation  
Utilities or jobs that you download to the product sometimes include resources (for example, fonts,  
macros, or patterns). Resources that are internally marked as permanent remain in the product memory  
until you turn the product off.  
Use the following guidelines if you use the page description language (PDL) ability to mark resources  
as permanent. For technical details, see an appropriate PDL reference for PCL or PS.  
Mark resources as permanent only when it is absolutely necessary that they remain in memory  
while the product is turned on.  
Send permanent resources to the product only at the beginning of a print job and not while the  
product is printing.  
NOTE: Overusing permanent resources or downloading them while the product is printing might affect  
product performance or the ability to print complex pages.  
ENWW  
Replacement instructions 173  
         
Install external I/O cards  
This product is equipped with an external I/O (EIO) slot. You can install an additional HP Jetdirect print  
server card or external EIO hard drive in the available EIO slot.  
NOTE: This example shows installing an HP Jetdirect print server card.  
1. Turn the product off.  
2. Disconnect all power and interface cables.  
NOTE: This illustration might not show all the cables.  
3. Loosen and remove the two retaining screws holding the cover for the EIO slot, and then remove  
the cover. You will not need these screws and the cover again. They can be discarded.  
174 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
 
4. Firmly insert the HP Jetdirect print server card into the EIO slot.  
5. Insert and tighten the retaining screws that came with the print server card.  
6. Reconnect the power cable and remaining interface cables, and turn the product on.  
7. Print a configuration page. An HP Jetdirect configuration page that contains network configuration  
and status information should also print.  
ENWW  
Replacement instructions 175  
If it does not print, turn the product off, and then uninstall and reinstall the print server card to ensure  
that it is completely seated in the slot.  
8. Perform one of these steps:  
Choose the correct port. See the computer or operating system documentation for  
instructions.  
Reinstall the software, choosing the network installation this time.  
Clean the product  
Over time, particles of toner and paper accumulate inside the product. This can cause print-quality  
problems during printing. Cleaning the product eliminates or reduces these problems.  
Clean the paper path and print-cartridge areas every time that you change the print cartridge or  
whenever print-quality problems occur. As much as possible, keep the product free from dust and debris.  
To clean the print-cartridge area and the product exterior, use a soft, water-moistened cloth.  
Clean the paper path  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Press the up arrow or down arrow / to highlight the CONFIGURE DEVICE menu, and then press  
the OK button.  
3. Press the up arrow or down arrow  
/
to highlight the PRINT QUALITY menu, and then press the  
OK button.  
4. If the product has automatic two-sided printing, go to step 5.  
If the product does not have automatic two-sided printing, press the up arrow or down arrow  
to highlight the CREATE CLEANING PAGE option, and then press the OK button. Follow the  
instructions on the printed page.  
/
5. Press the up arrow or down arrow  
/
to highlight the PROCESS CLEANING PAGE option, and  
then press the OK button. The cleaning process takes several minutes.  
6. Discard the printed page. The task is complete.  
176 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
       
Product updates  
To download the most recent firmware upgrade for the product, go to www.hp.com/go/  
ENWW  
Product updates 177  
 
178 Chapter 9 Manage and maintain  
ENWW  
Solve general problems  
If the product is not responding correctly, complete the steps in the following checklist, in order. If the  
product does not pass a step, follow the corresponding troubleshooting suggestions. If a step resolves  
the problem, you can stop without performing the other steps on the checklist.  
Troubleshooting checklist  
1. Make sure the product Ready light is on. If no lights are on, complete these steps:  
a. Check the power-cable connections.  
b. Check that the power is turned on.  
c. Make sure that the line voltage is correct for the product power configuration. (See the label  
that is on the back of the product for voltage requirements.) If you are using a power strip and  
its voltage is not within specifications, plug the product directly into the wall. If it is already  
plugged into the wall, try a different outlet.  
d. If none of these measures restores power, contact HP Customer Care.  
2. Check the cabling.  
a. Check the cable connection between the product and the computer or network port. Make  
sure that the connection is secure.  
b. Make sure that the cable itself is not faulty by using a different cable, if possible.  
c. Check the network connection.  
3. Check to see if any messages appear on the control-panel display. If any error messages appear,  
4. Ensure that the paper that you are using meets specifications.  
5. Print a configuration page. See Print information pages on page 148. If the product is connected  
to a network, an HP Jetdirect page also prints.  
a. If the pages do not print, check that at least one tray contains paper.  
b. If the page jams in the product, see Clear jams on page 206.  
6. If the configuration page prints, check the following items:  
a. If the page does not print correctly, the problem is with the product hardware. Contact  
HP Customer Care.  
b. If the page prints correctly, then the product hardware is working. The problem is with the  
computer you are using, with the printer driver, or with the program.  
7. Select one of the following options:  
Windows: Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes. Double-click  
the name of the product.  
-or-  
Mac OS X: Open the Printer Setup Utility or the Print & Fax list, and double-click the line for the  
product.  
180 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
     
8. Verify that you have installed the printer driver for this product. Check the program to make sure  
that you are using the printer driver for this product.  
9. Print a short document from a different program that has worked in the past. If this solution works,  
then the problem is with the program you are using. If this solution does not work (the document  
does not print), complete these steps:  
a. Try printing the job from another computer that has the product software installed.  
b. If you connected the product to the network, connect the product directly to a computer with  
a USB cable. Redirect the product to the correct port, or reinstall the software, selecting the  
new connection type that you are using.  
Factors that affect product performance  
Several factors affect the time it takes to print a job:  
Maximum product speed, measured in pages per minute (ppm)  
The use of special paper (such as transparencies, heavy paper, and custom-size paper)  
Product processing and download time  
The complexity and size of graphics  
The speed of the computer you are using  
The USB connection  
The printer I/O configuration  
The amount of memory installed in the product  
The network operating system and configuration (if applicable)  
The printer driver that you are using  
NOTE: Although additional memory can improve how the product handles complex graphics and  
improve download times, it will not increase maximum product speed (ppm).  
ENWW  
Solve general problems 181  
 
Restore factory settings  
Use the RESETS menu to restore factory settings.  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Press the down arrow to highlight the CONFIGURE DEVICE menu, and then press the OK  
button.  
3. Press the down arrow to highlight the RESETS menu, and then press the OK button.  
4. Press the down arrow to highlight the RESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS option, and then press  
the OK button to reset the product to the original factory settings.  
For more information, see Resets menu on page 40.  
182 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
 
Interpret control-panel messages  
Control-panel message types  
Four types of control-panel messages can indicate the status of or problems with the product.  
Message type  
Description  
Status messages  
Status messages reflect the current state of the product. They inform you of normal product operation  
and require no interaction to clear them. They change as the state of the product changes. Whenever  
the product is ready, not busy, and has no pending warning messages, the status message Ready  
appears if the product is online.  
Warning messages  
Error messages  
Warning messages inform you of data and print errors. These messages typically alternate with the  
Ready or status messages and remain until OK is pressed. Some warning messages are clearable.  
If CLEARABLE WARNINGS is set to JOB on the product CONFIGURE DEVICE menu, the next print  
job clears these messages.  
Error messages communicate that some action must be performed, such as adding paper or clearing  
a jam.  
Some error messages are auto-continuable. If AUTO-CONTINUE is set on the menus, the product  
will continue normal operation after an auto-continuable error message appears for 10 seconds.  
NOTE: Pressing any button during the 10-second auto-continuable error message overrides the  
auto-continue feature, and the button function takes precedence. For example, pressing the stop  
button  
pauses printing and offers the option to cancel the print job.  
Critical-error messages Critical error messages inform you of a product failure. Some of these messages can be cleared by  
turning the product off and then on. These messages are not affected by the AUTO-CONTINUE  
setting. If a critical error persists, service is required.  
Control-panel messages  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages  
Description  
Recommended action  
10.XX.YY SUPPLY MEMORY ERROR  
The product cannot read or write to at least  
Reinstall the print cartridge, or install a new  
one print cartridge memory tag or a memory print cartridge.  
tag is missing from a print cartridge.  
XX values  
00 = Memory tag memory error  
10 = Memory tag missing  
YY values  
00 = Black  
01 = Cyan  
02 = Magenta  
03 = Yellow  
ENWW  
Interpret control-panel messages 183  
             
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
11.XX Internal clock error  
To continue press OK  
The product real-time clock has experienced Whenever the product is turned off and then  
an error.  
turned on again, set the time and date at the  
control panel. See System setup menu  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
13.XX.YY FUSER AREA JAM  
13.XX.YY FUSER WRAP JAM  
A jam has occurred in the fuser area.  
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the  
product is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool  
before handling it.  
For instructions on clearing the jam, see  
A jam has occurred in the fuser.  
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the  
product is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool  
before handling it.  
For instructions on clearing the jam, see  
13.XX.YY JAM ABOVE TOP OUTPUT BIN A jam has occurred in the output area.  
For instructions on clearing the jam, see  
13.XX.YY JAM IN LOWER RIGHT DOOR  
A jam has occurred in the lower-right door  
(Tray 3).  
For instructions on clearing the jam, see  
13.XX.YY JAM IN RIGHT DOOR  
A jam has occurred in the duplex and feed  
area inside the right door.  
For instructions on clearing the jam, see  
13.XX.YY JAM IN TOP OUTPUT BIN  
A jam has occurred in the top output bin.  
For instructions on clearing the jam, see  
13.XX.YY JAM IN TRAY 1  
A jam has occurred in Tray 1.  
For instructions on clearing the jam, see  
13.XX.YY JAM IN TRAY <X>  
A jam has occurred in the indicated tray.  
For instructions on clearing the jam, see  
13.XX.YY JAMS IN RIGHT DOOR  
A jam has occurred in the fuser area.  
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the  
product is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool  
before handling it.  
For instructions on clearing the jam, see  
20 INSUFFICIENT MEMORY  
To continue press OK  
The product received more data than can fit Press the OK button to print the transferred  
in the available memory. You might have tried data (some data might be lost), and then  
to transfer too many macros, soft fonts, or  
complex graphics.  
simplify the print job or install additional  
memory.  
22 EIO X BUFFER OVERFLOW  
To continue press OK  
Too much data was sent to the EIO card in  
the specified slot (x). An incorrect  
communications protocol might be in use.  
Press the OK button to print the transferred  
data. (Some data might be lost.)  
Check the host configuration. If the message  
persists, contact HP support. See Customer  
184 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
               
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
22 EMBEDDED I/O BUFFER OVERFLOW  
To continue press OK  
Too much data was sent to the embedded  
HP Jetdirect print server.  
Press the OK button to print the transferred  
data. (Some data might be lost.)  
Check the host configuration. If the message  
persists, contact HP support. See Customer  
22 USB I/O BUFFER OVERFLOW  
To continue press OK  
The product's USB buffer has overflowed.  
Press the OK button to print the transferred  
data. (Some data might be lost.)  
Check the host configuration. If the message  
persists, contact HP support. See Customer  
40 EIO X BAD TRANSMISSION  
To continue press OK  
The connection between the product and the Press the OK button to clear the error  
EIO card in the specified slot has been  
broken.  
message and continue printing.  
Try to reinstall the EIO card.  
40 EMBEDDED I/O BAD TRANSMISSION  
To continue press OK  
A temporary printing error has occurred.  
Press the OK button to clear the error  
message. (Data will be lost.)  
41.3 UNEXPECTED SIZE IN TRAY <X>  
LOAD TRAY <X> [TYPE] [SIZE]  
To use another tray press OK  
41.5 UNEXPECTED TYPE IN TRAY <X>  
LOAD TRAY <X> [TYPE] [SIZE]  
To use another tray press OK  
41.7 ERROR  
The product detected a different paper size  
than expected.  
Load the tray with the size and type of paper  
indicated, or use another tray.  
The prompt to use another tray is displayed  
only if another tray has paper loaded.  
The product detected a different paper type Load the tray with the size and type of paper  
than expected.  
indicated, or use another tray if available.  
The prompt to use another tray is displayed  
only if another tray has paper loaded.  
A temporary printing error has occurred.  
Try using different paper.  
To continue press OK  
If the error does not clear, turn the product off  
and then on.  
48.01 TRANSFER UNIT ERROR  
The transfer belt has dislocated during  
printing.  
Turn product off then on.  
If the message persists, remove and reinstall  
the transfer unit. Contact HP support if the  
message appears after reinstalling the  
transfer unit. See Customer support  
ENWW  
Interpret control-panel messages 185  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
A firmware error has occurred.  
49.XXXX ERROR  
This error can be caused by corrupted print  
jobs, software applications issues, non-  
product specific printer drivers, poor-quality  
USB or network cables, bad network  
connections or incorrect configurations,  
invalid firmware operations, or unsupported  
accessories.  
To continue turn off then on  
1. Turn the product off and then on.  
2. If the error returns, check the following  
items:  
The error might be caused by a  
network connectivity problem,  
such as a bad interface cable, a  
bad USB port, or an invalid network  
configuration setting.  
The error might be caused by the  
print job, such as an invalid printer  
driver, a problem with the software  
application, or a problem with the  
file you are printing. For more  
information about solving print job  
problems, see Solve general  
Upgrading the product firmware  
might help resolve the error. See  
3. If the message still persists, contact HP  
support. See Customer support  
50.X FUSER ERROR  
A fuser error has occurred.  
Make sure you have the correct fuser. Re-  
seat the fuser. Turn the product off, and then  
turn the product on.  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
51.XY ERROR  
A product error has occurred.  
A product error has occurred.  
Turn the product off, and then turn the  
product on. If the message persists, contact  
HP support. See Customer support  
To continue turn off then on  
52.XY ERROR  
Turn the product off, and then turn the  
product on. If the message persists, contact  
HP support. See Customer support  
To continue turn off then on  
54.XX ERROR  
Error requires that the product be turned off Turn the product off, and then turn the  
then on.  
product on.  
To continue turn off then on  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
55.XX.YY DC CONTROLLER ERROR  
To continue turn off then on  
The print engine is not communicating with  
the formatter.  
Turn the product off, and then turn the  
product on.  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
186 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
 
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
56.X ERROR  
A temporary printing error has occurred.  
A temporary printing error has occurred.  
A temporary printing error has occurred.  
Turn the product off, and then turn the  
product on.  
To continue turn off then on  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
57.XX ERROR  
Turn the product off, and then turn the  
product on.  
To continue turn off then on  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
58.XX ERROR  
Turn the product off, and then turn the  
product on.  
To continue turn off then on  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
59.BO CLEANING MOTOR ERROR  
This message appears for one of the  
following reasons:  
Replace the toner collection unit. See  
REPLACE TONER COLLECTION UNIT  
The cleaning motor is stuck.  
The toner collection unit is full.  
The chute at the top of the toner  
collection unit is clogged.  
59.XY ERROR  
A temporary printing error has occurred.  
Turn the product off, and then turn the  
product on.  
To continue turn off then on  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
60.X ERROR  
The tray specified by X is not lifting correctly. Follow the instructions on the product control  
panel.  
To continue turn off then on  
X values  
2 = Tray 2  
3 = Tray 3  
62 NO SYSTEM  
The product has an internal problem.  
Turn the product off and then on.  
To continue turn off then on  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
66.XY.ZZ SERVICE ERROR  
The external paper-handling controller has  
detected a failure.  
Turn the product off and then on.  
Check cables and turn off then on  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
68.X PERMANENT STORAGE FULL  
To continue press OK  
The product NVRAM is full. Some settings  
Press the OK button to clear the message. If  
saved in the NVRAM might have been reset the message is not cleared, turn the product  
to the factory defaults. Printing can continue, off, and then turn the product on.  
but some unexpected functions might occur  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
if an error occurred in permanent storage.  
X values  
0 = Internal memory  
1 = Removable disk  
ENWW  
Interpret control-panel messages 187  
 
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
68.X PERMANENT STORAGE WRITE FAIL The product NVRAM is failing to write.  
Press the OK button to clear the message. If  
Printing can continue, but some unexpected the message is not cleared, turn the product  
functions might occur if an error occurred in off, and then turn the product on.  
permanent storage.  
To continue press OK  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
X values  
0 = Internal memory  
1 = Removable disk  
68.X STORAGE ERROR SETTINGS  
CHANGED  
One or more product settings are invalid and Press the OK button to clear the message. If  
have been reset to the factory-default  
settings. Printing can continue, but some  
unexpected functions might occur if an error  
occurred in permanent storage.  
the message is not cleared, turn the product  
off, and then turn the product on.  
To continue press OK  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
69.X ERROR  
A temporary printing error occurred.  
Turn the product off, and then turn the  
product on.  
To continue turn off then on  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
79.XXXX ERROR  
An internal product error has occurred.  
Turn the product off and then on.  
To continue turn off then on  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
8X.YYYY EIO ERROR  
This message appears in English only. It  
indicates that the EIO card in slot X has failed.  
Replace the EIO card.  
8X.YYYY EMBEDDED JETDIRECT ERROR This message appears in English only. It  
indicates that the embedded HP Jetdirect  
Contact HP support. See Customer support  
card has failed.  
ACCEPT BAD SIGNATURE?  
Yes press OK  
The product is performing a remote firmware Download the correct firmware upgrade file  
upgrade, and the code signature is invalid.  
for this product, and then reinstall the  
alternates with  
ACCEPT BAD SIGNATURE?  
No press  
Access denied MENUS LOCKED  
The control-panel menu that you tried to  
select is currently locked.  
Consult with the person who administers the  
product.  
Action not currently available for tray x  
Tray size cannot be ANY SIZE/ANY  
CUSTOM  
Duplex registration is not available when the Configure the tray to a specific size, and then  
size is set to ANY SIZE or ANY CUSTOM. set the registration for that tray.  
BAD OPTIONAL TRAY CONNECTION  
The optional tray is not connected correctly. 1. Turn the product off.  
2. Remove and then reinstall the optional  
tray.  
If the message persists, contact HP support.  
Bad Signature  
The firmware upgrade code does not match Download the correct firmware upgrade file  
the product signature.  
for this product, and then reinstall the  
Upgrade cancelled  
188 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
BLACK CARTRIDGE LOW  
The product indicates when a supply level is If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. You the print cartridge. Consider purchasing a  
do not need to replace the print cartridge at  
this time unless print quality is no longer  
acceptable.  
replacement cartridge so it is available when  
the installed cartridge has reached the end of  
its estimated life. See Replace print  
BLACK CARTRIDGE LOW  
LESS THAN XXXX PAGES  
The product indicates when a supply level is If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. You the print cartridge. Consider purchasing a  
do not need to replace the print cartridge at  
this time unless print quality is no longer  
acceptable. Estimated pages remaining is  
based upon the historical page coverage of  
this product.  
replacement cartridge so it is available when  
the installed cartridge has reached the end of  
its estimated life. See Replace print  
BLACK CARTRIDGE VERY LOW  
The product indicates when a supply level is If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
very low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. the print cartridge. Consider purchasing a  
You do not need to replace the print cartridge replacement cartridge so it is available when  
at this time unless print quality is no longer  
the installed cartridge has reached the end of  
acceptable. After an HP supply has reached its estimated life. See Replace print  
the very low threshold, the HP premium  
protection warranty for that supply has  
ended.  
BLACK CARTRIDGE VERY LOW  
PRINTING BLACK ONLY  
The product indicates when a supply level is To stop printing black only, change the AT  
very low. The product has been configured to VERY LOW menu item for Color Cartridges  
print using only black when the level of a color to a setting other than PRINT IN BLACK or  
supply is very low. The actual print cartridge replace the very low color cartridges.  
life might vary. You do not need to replace the Consider purchasing replacement cartridges  
cartridge at this time unless print quality is no so they are available when the installed  
longer acceptable. After an HP supply has  
reached the very low threshold, the HP  
cartridges have reached the end of their  
estimated lives. See Replace print  
premium protection warranty for that supply cartridges on page 164.  
has ended.  
BLACK CARTRIDGE VERY LOW  
To continue press OK  
The product indicates when a supply level is Press the OK button to continue. If print  
very low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. quality is no longer acceptable, replace the  
Consider having a replacement print  
print cartridge. Consider purchasing a  
cartridge available to install when print quality replacement cartridge so it is available when  
is no longer acceptable. You do not need to the installed cartridge is empty. See Replace  
replace the print cartridge at this time unless print cartridges on page 164.  
print quality is no longer acceptable. After an  
HP supply has reached the very low  
threshold, the HP premium protection  
warranty for that supply has ended.  
Calibrating...  
Displays during calibration.  
No action is necessary.  
CALIBRATION RESET PENDING  
Processing...  
A calibration reset will occur when all jobs are To begin the reset sooner, cancel all jobs by  
processed.  
pressing the Stop button  
No action is necessary.  
.
Canceling...  
The product is canceling the current job.  
CARD SLOT <X> NOT FUNCTIONAL  
The compact flash card in slot <X> is not  
working correctly.  
Remove the card from the slot indicated, and  
replace with a new card.  
CARD SLOT DEVICE FAILURE  
To clear press OK  
The specified device has failed.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
CARD SLOT FILE OPERATION FAILED  
To clear press OK  
A PJL file system command attempted to  
perform an illogical operation.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
ENWW  
Interpret control-panel messages 189  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
CARD SLOT FILE SYSTEM IS FULL  
To clear press OK  
A PJL file system command could not store Press the OK button to clear.  
something on the file system because the file  
system was full.  
CARD SLOT IS WRITE PROTECTED  
To clear press OK  
The file system device is protected and no  
new files can be written to it.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
CARD SLOT NOT INITIALIZED  
This file-storage component must be  
initialized before use.  
Use the embedded Web server or HP Web  
Jetadmin to initialize the component.  
CHECKING PAPER PATH  
The product is checking for possible paper  
jams.  
No action is necessary.  
CHECKING PRINTER  
The product is conducting an internal test.  
No action is necessary.  
CHOSEN PERSONALITY NOT  
AVAILABLE  
A print job requested a product language  
(personality) that is not available for this  
product. The job will not print and will be  
cleared from memory.  
Print the job by using a printer driver for a  
different printer language, or add the  
requested language to the product (if  
possible). To see a list of available  
To continue press OK  
personalities, print a configuration page. (See  
CLEANING DISK <X>% COMPLETE  
Do not power off  
The product is cleaning the hard disk or a  
compact flash disk.  
Do not turn off. The product will automatically  
restart when cleaning is complete. Product  
functions are unavailable.  
CLEANING...  
The product is performing an automatic  
cleaning cycle. Printing will continue after the  
cleaning is complete.  
No action is necessary.  
CLEARING EVENT LOG  
This message is displayed while the event log No action is necessary.  
is cleared. The product will exit the menus  
once the event log has been cleared.  
CLEARING PAPER PATH  
CLOSE FRONT DOOR  
The product is attempting to eject jammed  
paper.  
Check progress at the bottom of the display.  
The front door of the product is open.  
1. Close the door.  
2. If the message persists, contact HP  
support. See Customer support  
CLOSE RIGHT DOOR  
A door on the right side of the product is open. 1. Close the door.  
2. If the message persists, contact HP  
support. See Customer support  
COLLECTION UNIT ALMOST FULL  
The toner collection unit is almost full. The  
To continue printing, either press the OK  
actual supply life remaining might vary. You button or replace the toner collection unit.  
do not need to replace the toner collection  
unit at this time unless print quality is no  
longer acceptable.  
Cooling engine  
Creating...  
The product is cooling.  
No action is necessary.  
No action is necessary.  
A cleaning page is being generated.  
CLEANING PAGE  
190 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
 
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
CYAN CARTRIDGE LOW  
The product indicates when a supply level is If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. You the print cartridge. Consider purchasing a  
do not need to replace the print cartridge at  
this time unless print quality is no longer  
acceptable.  
replacement cartridge so it is available when  
the installed cartridge has reached the end of  
its estimated life. See Replace print  
CYAN CARTRIDGE LOW  
LESS THAN XXXX PAGES  
The product indicates when a supply level is If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. You the print cartridge. Consider purchasing a  
do not need to replace the print cartridge at  
this time unless print quality is no longer  
acceptable. Estimated pages remaining is  
based upon the historical page coverage of  
this product.  
replacement cartridge so it is available when  
the installed cartridge has reached the end of  
its estimated life. See Replace print  
CYAN CARTRIDGE VERY LOW  
The product indicates when a supply level is If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
very low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. the print cartridge. See Replace print  
Consider having a replacement print  
cartridge available to install when print quality  
is no longer acceptable. You do not need to  
replace the print cartridge at this time unless  
print quality is no longer acceptable. After an  
HP supply has reached the very low  
threshold, the HP premium protection  
warranty for that supply has ended.  
CYAN CARTRIDGE VERY LOW  
To continue press OK  
The product indicates when a supply level is Press the OK button to continue. If print  
very low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. quality is no longer acceptable, replace the  
Consider having a replacement print  
print cartridge. See Replace print cartridges  
cartridge available to install when print quality on page 164.  
is no longer acceptable. You do not need to  
replace the print cartridge at this time unless  
print quality is no longer acceptable. After an  
HP supply has reached the very low  
threshold, the HP premium protection  
warranty for that supply has ended.  
DATA RECEIVED  
The product is waiting for the command to  
print the last page.  
Press the OK button to print the last page.  
To print last page press OK  
DATE/TIME = YYYY/MMMM/DD HH:MM  
To change press OK  
The current date and time set for the product. Press the OK button to set the date and time  
or press the stop button  
to skip setup.  
To skip press  
Deleting private jobs  
Deleting...  
The product is deleting a private stored job. No action is necessary.  
The product is currently deleting the stored  
job.  
No action is necessary.  
EIO <X> DISK INITIALIZING  
The specified EIO disk device is initializing.  
No action is necessary.  
EIO <X> DISK NOT FUNCTIONAL  
The EIO disk in slot <X> is not working  
correctly.  
1. Turn the product off.  
2. Remove the disk from the slot indicated.  
3. Replace with a new disk.  
4. Turn the product on.  
ENWW  
Interpret control-panel messages 191  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
EIO <X> DISK SPINNING UP  
EIO disk device in slot <X> is spinning up its No action is necessary.  
platter. Jobs that require disk access must  
wait.  
EIO DEVICE FAILURE  
To clear press OK  
The specified device has failed.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
EIO FILE OPERATION FAILED  
To clear press OK  
A PJL file system command attempted to  
perform an illogical operation.  
EIO FILE SYSTEM IS FULL  
To clear press OK  
A PJL file system command could not store Press the OK button to clear.  
something on the file system because the file  
system was full.  
EIO IS WRITE PROTECTED  
To clear press OK  
The file system device is protected and no  
new files can be written to it.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
EIO NOT INITIALIZED  
This file-storage component must be  
initialized before use.  
Use the embedded Web server or HP Web  
Jetadmin to initialize the component.  
Event log empty  
No product events are in the log.  
No action is necessary.  
EXPECTED DRIVE MISSING  
The product cannot find the encrypted hard  
drive.  
Insert the encrypted hard drive.  
FUSER KIT LOW  
The fuser kit is low. The actual supply life  
remaining might vary. You do not need to  
If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
the fuser kit. Instructions are included with the  
replace the fuser kit at this time unless print fuser kit. Consider purchasing a replacement  
quality is no longer acceptable.  
fuser kit so it is available when the installed  
fuser kit has reached the end of its estimated  
life.  
FUSER KIT VERY LOW  
The fuser kit is very low. The actual supply life If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
remaining might vary. You do not need to the fuser kit. Instructions are included with the  
replace the fuser kit at this time unless print fuser kit.  
quality is no longer acceptable. After an HP  
supply has reached the very low threshold,  
the HP premium protection warranty for that  
supply has ended.  
FUSER KIT VERY LOW  
To continue press OK  
The fuser kit is very low and the AT VERY  
LOW menu for the fuser kit is set to PROMPT print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
TO CONTINUE. The product stops printing  
Press the OK button to clear the message. If  
the fuser kit. Instructions are included with the  
until you press the OK button or replace the fuser kit.  
fuser kit. You do not need to replace the fuser  
kit at this time unless print quality is no longer  
acceptable. After an HP supply has reached  
the very low threshold, the HP premium  
protection warranty for that supply has  
ended.  
Genuine HP supplies installed  
You have installed more than one new print No action is necessary.  
cartridge that was manufactured by HP.  
HP SECURE DRIVE DISABLED  
INCOMPATIBLE <COLOR> CARTRIDGE  
The drive has been encrypted for another  
product.  
Remove the drive or see the embedded Web  
server for more information.  
The indicated color print cartridge is not  
compatible with this product.  
Replace the print cartridge with one that is  
designed for this product.  
192 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
INCOMPATIBLE FUSER  
The incorrect fuser was installed.  
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the  
product is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool  
before handling it.  
1. Open the right door.  
2. Remove the incompatible fuser.  
3. Install the correct fuser.  
4. Close the right door.  
INCOMPATIBLE SUPPLIES  
For status press OK  
Print cartridges or other supply items are  
installed that were not designed for this  
product. The product cannot print with these are designed for this product.  
supplies installed.  
Press the OK button to identify the  
incompatible supplies. Install supplies that  
INCOMPATIBLE TRANSFER UNIT  
The incorrect transfer unit was installed.  
1. Open right door.  
2. Remove the incompatible transfer unit.  
3. Install the correct transfer unit.  
4. Close the right door.  
Incorrect  
The PIN is incorrect.  
Use the up arrow and down arrow  
buttons to enter the correct PIN.  
Initializing  
The product is starting.  
No action is necessary. Please wait until the  
Ready message appears on the display.  
Initializing permanent storage  
Displayed when the product is turned on to  
show that permanent storage is being  
initialized.  
No action is necessary.  
INSTALL <COLOR> CARTRIDGE  
INSTALL FUSER  
The print cartridge has been removed or has Replace or reinstall the print cartridge  
been installed incorrectly.  
correctly to continue printing. See Replace  
The fuser has been removed or installed  
incorrectly.  
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the  
product is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool  
before handling it.  
1. Open the right door.  
2. Install or adjust the fuser.  
3. Close the right door.  
INSTALL SUPPLIES  
For status press OK  
More than one supply is missing or is installed Press the OK button to identify which supplies  
incorrectly.  
need to be replaced. Press the OK button a  
second time for more information about the  
specific supply. Insert the supply item or  
make sure the installed supply item is fully  
seated.  
INSTALL TRANSFER UNIT  
The transfer unit has been removed or  
installed incorrectly.  
1. Open right door.  
2. Install the transfer unit.  
3. Close the right door.  
INSUFFICIENT MEMORY TO LOAD  
FONTSDATA  
The product does not have enough memory To continue without this information, press  
to load the data (for example, fonts or  
macros) from the location specified.  
the OK button . If the message persists, add  
more memory.  
ENWW  
Interpret control-panel messages 193  
   
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
LOAD TRAY 1 [TYPE] [SIZE]  
For help press  
Tray 1 is empty.  
Load Tray 1 with the requested paper.  
If the paper is already in the Tray 1, press the  
help button , and then press the OK button  
to print.  
To use another tray, remove paper from Tray  
1, and then press the OK button to continue.  
LOAD TRAY 1 [TYPE] [SIZE]  
To continue press OK  
The indicated tray is loaded and configured  
for a type and size other than the one  
specified in the job.  
1. If the correct paper is loaded, press the  
OK button.  
2. Otherwise, remove the incorrect paper  
and load the tray with the specified  
paper.  
3. If prompted, confirm the size and type of  
paper loaded.  
4. Confirm that the paper guides are in the  
correct position.  
5. To use another tray, remove paper from  
the tray and then press the OK button.  
LOAD TRAY 1 [TYPE] [SIZE]  
To use another tray press OK  
Tray 1 is empty and the other trays are  
available.  
1. If the correct paper is loaded, press the  
OK button.  
2. Otherwise, remove the incorrect paper  
and load the tray with the specified  
paper.  
3. If prompted, confirm the size and type of  
paper loaded.  
4. Confirm that the paper guides are in the  
correct position.  
5. To use another tray, remove paper from  
the tray and then press the OK button.  
LOAD TRAY 2 [TYPE] [SIZE]  
Media insert required in tray  
This message appears when printing  
100 x 150 mm (4 x 6 in) paper, which requires and load the requested paper. See Load  
the HP postcard media insert in Tray 2.  
Install the HP postcard media insert in Tray 2,  
If you do not have the HP postcard media  
insert, you can print 100 x 150 mm (4 x 6 in)  
paper from Tray 1 without the insert.  
LOAD TRAY <X> [TYPE] [SIZE]  
This message appears when the indicated  
tray is selected but is not loaded, and no other  
paper trays are available for use.  
Load the tray with requested paper.  
It also appears when the tray is configured for  
a different paper type or size than the print job  
requires.  
LOAD TRAY <X> [TYPE] [SIZE]  
To use another tray press OK  
This message appears when the indicated  
tray is selected but is not loaded, and other  
paper trays are available for use.  
1. Load the correct paper in the tray.  
2. If prompted, confirm the size and type of  
paper loaded.  
It also appears when the tray is configured for  
a different paper type or size than the print job  
requires.  
3. Otherwise, press the OK button to select  
another tray.  
194 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
LOADING PROGRAM <XX>  
Do not power off  
Programs and fonts can be stored on the  
product’s file system and are loaded into  
RAM when the product is turned on. The  
number XX specifies a sequence number  
indicating the current program being loaded.  
No action necessary. Do not turn the product  
off.  
MAGENTA CARTRIDGE LOW  
The product indicates when a supply level is If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. You the print cartridge. Consider purchasing a  
do not need to replace the print cartridge at  
this time unless print quality is no longer  
acceptable.  
replacement cartridge so it is available when  
the installed cartridge has reached the end of  
its estimated life. See Replace print  
MAGENTA CARTRIDGE LOW  
LESS THAN XXXX PAGES  
The product indicates when a supply level is If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. You the print cartridge. Consider purchasing a  
do not need to replace the print cartridge at  
this time unless print quality is no longer  
acceptable. Estimated pages remaining is  
based upon the historical page coverage of  
this product.  
replacement cartridge so it is available when  
the installed cartridge has reached the end of  
its estimated life. See Replace print  
MAGENTA CARTRIDGE VERY LOW  
The product indicates when a supply level is If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
very low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. the print cartridge. See Replace print  
Consider having a replacement print  
cartridge available to install when print quality  
is no longer acceptable. You do not need to  
replace the print cartridge at this time unless  
print quality is no longer acceptable. After an  
HP supply has reached the very low  
threshold, the HP premium protection  
warranty for that supply has ended.  
MAGENTA CARTRIDGE VERY LOW  
To continue press OK  
The product indicates when a supply level is Press the OK button to continue. If print  
very low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. quality is no longer acceptable, replace the  
Consider having a replacement print  
print cartridge. See Replace print cartridges  
cartridge available to install when print quality on page 164.  
is no longer acceptable. You do not need to  
replace the print cartridge at this time unless  
print quality is no longer acceptable. After an  
HP supply has reached the very low  
threshold, the HP premium protection  
warranty for that supply has ended.  
MANUALLY FEED <TYPE> <SIZE>  
This message appears when MANUAL  
FEED is selected and all trays are empty.  
Load tray with requested paper. If paper is  
already in tray, press the help button to exit  
message and then press the OK button to  
print. To use another tray, clear paper from  
Tray 1, press the help button to exit the  
message and then press the OK button.  
MANUALLY FEED <TYPE> <SIZE>  
To continue press OK  
This message appears when MANUAL  
FEED is selected and Tray 1 is loaded.  
Load tray with requested paper.  
To override the message, press the OK  
button to use a type and size of paper that is  
available in another tray.  
MANUALLY FEED <TYPE> <SIZE>  
To use another tray press OK  
This message appears when MANUAL  
FEED is selected, Tray 1 is not loaded, and already in tray, press the help button to exit  
other trays are available.  
Load tray with requested paper. If paper is  
the message and then press the OK button to  
print. To use another tray, clear paper from  
Tray 1, press the help button to exit the  
message and then press the OK button.  
ENWW  
Interpret control-panel messages 195  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
MANUALLY FEED OUTPUT STACK  
Then press OK to print second side  
The product has printed the first side of a  
manual duplex job and is waiting for the user  
to insert the output stack to print the second  
side.  
1. Maintaining the same orientation,  
remove document from the output bin.  
2. Flip document printed side up.  
3. Load document in Tray 1.  
4. Press the OK button to print.  
No action is necessary.  
MOVING SOLENOID  
To exit press  
The solenoid is moving as part of a  
component test.  
MOVING SOLENOID AND MOTOR  
To exit press  
The solenoid and a motor are moving as part No action is necessary.  
of a component test.  
No job to cancel  
You have pressed the stop button  
but the No action is necessary.  
product is not actively processing any jobs.  
NO STORED JOBS  
Displayed when the user enters the  
RETRIEVE JOB menu and there are no jobs  
to retrieve.  
No action is necessary.  
NON HP SUPPLY INSTALLED  
The product is using a non-HP supply. This  
message appears for six seconds after you  
install a non-HP supply.  
If you believe you purchased a genuine HP  
supply, go to www.hp.com/go/  
anticounterfeit. Any product repair required  
as a result of using non-HP or unauthorized  
supplies is not covered under warranty. HP  
cannot ensure the accuracy or the availability  
of certain features.  
Paused  
The product is paused, and there are no error Press the stop button  
messages pending at the display. The I/O  
.
To return to Ready press  
continues receiving data until memory is full.  
Performing upgrade  
<X:YYY> % complete  
Do not power off  
The product is in the process of upgrading the Please wait until the upgrade is complete.  
firmware.  
Performing... COLOR BAND TEST  
Performing... PAPER PATH TEST  
Please wait  
The color-band test is being performed.  
No action is necessary.  
The product is performing a paper path test. No action is necessary.  
The product is in the process of clearing data. No action is necessary.  
Powering off...  
The product is shutting down.  
Please wait until the product shuts down.  
Printing <REPORT>  
The product is printing an internal page. The No action is necessary.  
product will return to the online Ready state  
when the page is completed.  
PRINTING STOPPED  
Time has expired on the Print/Stop test.  
Press the OK button to continue.  
To continue press OK  
Processing duplex job  
Paper temporarily comes into the output bin Do not grab paper as it temporarily comes  
while printing a duplex job. Do not attempt to into the output bin. The message will  
Do not grab paper until job completes  
remove the pages until the job is complete.  
disappear when the job is finished.  
196 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
Processing...  
The product is currently processing a job but No action is necessary.  
is not yet picking pages. When paper motion  
begins, this message will be replaced by a  
message that indicates which tray the job is  
being printed from.  
Processing...  
The product is processing a cleaning page.  
No action is necessary.  
CLEANING PAGE  
Processing... copy <X> of <Y>  
The product is currently processing or  
printing collated copies. The message  
indicates that copy X of Y total copies is  
currently being processed.  
No action is necessary.  
Processing... from tray <X>  
The product is actively processing a job from No action is necessary.  
the designated tray.  
RAM DISK DEVICE FAILURE  
To clear press OK  
The specified device has failed.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
RAM DISK FILE OPERATION FAILED  
To clear press OK  
A PJL file system command attempted to  
perform an illogical operation.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
RAM DISK FILE SYSTEM IS FULL  
To clear press OK  
A PJL file system command could not store Press the OK button to clear.  
something on the file system because the file  
system was full.  
RAM DISK IS WRITE PROTECTED  
To clear press OK  
The file system device is protected and no  
new files can be written to it.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
RAM DISK NOT INITIALIZED  
This file-storage component must be  
initialized before use.  
Use the HP Embedded Web Server or  
HP Web Jetadmin to initialize the component.  
Ready  
The product is online and ready for data. No No action is necessary.  
status or product attendance messages are  
pending at the display.  
Ready  
The product is online and ready.  
No action is necessary.  
IP ADDRESS  
Ready Diagnostics mode  
To exit press  
The product is in Diagnostics mode.  
To stop Diagnostic mode, press the Stop  
button  
.
Receiving Upgrade  
A firmware upgrade is in progress.  
Do not turn the product off until the product  
returns to Ready.  
Remove all print cartridges  
To exit press  
The product is testing the transfer unit  
assembly.  
To perform the test, remove all the print  
cartridges. To cancel the test, press the stop  
button  
.
Remove at least one print cartridge  
To exit press  
The product is testing the print-cartridge  
motor.  
To perform the test, remove at least one print  
cartridge. To cancel the test, press the stop  
button  
.
REMOVE CARTRIDGE LOCKS  
At least one cartridge shipping lock was not 1. Open the front door.  
removed before you turned the product on.  
2. Remove cartridge locks.  
ENWW  
Interpret control-panel messages 197  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
REMOVE SHIPPING SHEET  
The transfer unit shipping sheet was not  
removed before you turned the product on.  
1. Open the right door.  
2. Remove the shipping sheet.  
3. Close the right door.  
REPLACE <COLOR> CARTRIDGE  
The product indicates when a supply level is Replace the specified color cartridge. See  
at its estimated end of life. The actual life  
remaining might be different than the  
estimation. Have a replacement supply  
available to install when print quality is no  
longer acceptable. The supply does not need  
to be replaced now unless the print quality is  
no longer acceptable. After an HP supply has  
reached its approximated end of life, HP’s  
premium Protection Warranty on that supply  
ends.  
Or, configure the product to continue printing  
by using the MANAGE SUPPLIES menu. For  
more information about the MANAGE  
SUPPLIES menu, see Manage supplies  
REPLACE FUSER KIT  
The product indicates when the fuser kit is at CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the  
its estimated end of life. The actual life  
remaining might be different than the  
estimation. Have a replacement fuser kit  
available to install when print quality is no  
longer acceptable. The fuser kit does not  
need to be replaced now unless the print  
quality is no longer acceptable. After the fuser  
kit reaches its approximated end of life, HP’s  
premium Protection Warranty on that fuser kit  
ends.  
product is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool  
before handling it.  
1. Open the right door.  
2. Grasp the blue handles on both sides of  
the fuser and pull straight out to remove  
it.  
3. Install the new fuser.  
4. Close the right door.  
REPLACE SUPPLIES  
For status press OK  
Two or more supplies are at the estimated  
end of life. The actual life remaining might be need to be replaced.  
different than the estimation. Have a  
Press the OK button to see which supplies  
Or, configure the product to continue printing  
replacement supply available to install when  
print quality is no longer acceptable. The  
supply does not need to be replaced now  
unless the print quality is no longer  
acceptable. After an HP supply has reached  
its approximated end of life, HP’s premium  
Protection Warranty on that supply ends.  
by using the MANAGE SUPPLIES menu. For  
more information about the MANAGE  
SUPPLIES menu, see Manage supplies  
REPLACE SUPPLIES - Using black only  
You can configure the product to print using No user input is required for printing to  
only black when the level of a color supply  
has reached its estimated end of life.  
continue in black. To continue printing in  
color, either replace the supply or reconfigure  
However, the color supply might still be able the product by using the MANAGE  
to produce acceptable print quality.  
SUPPLIES menu on the control panel.  
The supply life remaining is used to  
For more information about ordering  
determine if a supply is very low. The supply supplies, see Supplies and accessories  
life remaining is an approximation only and  
varies depending on the types of documents  
printed and other factors.  
For more information about the MANAGE  
SUPPLIES menu, see Manage supplies  
198 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
REPLACE SUPPLY  
Printing black only  
At least one print cartridge has reached the  
very low condition and you have set the  
COLOR CARTRIDGES items to the PRINT replace the print cartridge or reconfigure the  
No action is required for printing to continue  
in black. To continue printing in color, either  
IN BLACK option.  
product by using the MANAGE SUPPLIES  
menu on the control panel.  
The supply life remaining is used to  
determine if a supply is very low. The supply For more information about ordering  
life remaining is an approximation only and supplies, see Supplies and accessories  
varies depending on the types of documents on page 235.  
printed and other factors.  
For more information about the MANAGE  
SUPPLIES menu, see Manage supplies  
REPLACE TONER COLLECTION UNIT  
The product indicates when a toner collection Replace the toner collection unit.  
unit is at its estimated end of life. The actual  
If you wish to have the toner collection unit  
operate past its estimated capacity, configure  
the product to continue printing by using the  
MANAGE SUPPLIES menu. For more  
information about the MANAGE SUPPLIES  
on page 16. This is not a recommended  
option because of the risk of overfilling the  
toner collection unit, which could result in the  
need to service the product.  
life remaining might be different than the  
estimation. Have a replacement toner  
collection unit available to install when print  
quality is no longer acceptable. The toner  
collection unit does not need to be replaced  
now unless the print quality is no longer  
acceptable. After a toner collection unit has  
reached its approximated end of life, HP’s  
premium Protection Warranty on that toner  
collection unit ends.  
REPLACE TRANSFER KIT  
The product indicates when a transfer kit is at Replace the transfer kit. Instructions are  
its estimated end of life. The actual life  
remaining might be different than the  
estimation. Have a replacement transfer kit  
available to install when print quality is no  
longer acceptable. The transfer kit does not  
need to be replaced now unless the print  
quality is no longer acceptable. After a  
transfer kit has reached its approximated end  
of life, HP’s premium Protection Warranty on  
that transfer kit ends.  
included with the transfer kit.  
Request accepted please wait  
The product has accepted a request to print No action is necessary.  
an internal page, but the current job must  
finish printing before the internal page will  
print.  
Resend Upgrade  
The firmware upgrade was not completed  
successfully.  
Attempt upgrade again.  
Resetting kit count  
You have selected the option to reset the  
count for a new supply item.  
No action is necessary.  
Restoring factory settings  
Restoring...  
The product is restoring factory settings.  
The product is restoring settings.  
No action is necessary.  
Please wait until the process is complete.  
RESTRICTED FROM PRINTING IN COLOR This message appears when color printing is To enable color printing for the product,  
disabled for the product or when it is disabled change the RESTRICT COLOR USE setting  
for a particular user or print job.  
ROM DISK DEVICE FAILURE  
To clear press OK  
The specified device has failed.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
ENWW  
Interpret control-panel messages 199  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
ROM DISK FILE OPERATION FAILED  
To clear press OK  
A PJL file system command attempted to  
perform an illogical operation.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
ROM DISK FILE SYSTEM IS FULL  
To clear press OK  
A PJL file system command could not store Press the OK button to clear.  
something on the file system because the file  
system was full.  
ROM DISK IS WRITE PROTECTED  
To clear press OK  
The file system device is protected and no  
new files can be written to it.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
Rotating <color> Motor  
To exit press  
A component test is in progress; the  
component selected is the <color> cartridge  
motor.  
Press the stop button  
this test.  
when ready to stop  
Rotating Motor  
To exit press  
The product is executing a component test  
and the component selected is a motor.  
Press the stop button  
this test.  
when ready to stop  
SANITIZING DISK <X>% COMPLETE  
Do not power off  
The hard disk is being cleaned.  
Contact the network administrator.  
SIZE MISMATCH IN TRAY XX  
The paper in the listed tray does not match  
the size specified for that tray.  
1. Load the correct paper.  
2. Verify the paper is positioned correctly.  
3. Close the tray and verify that the control  
panel lists the correct paper size and  
type. Reconfigure the size and type if  
necessary.  
4. If the message persists, contact HP  
support. See Customer support  
Sleep mode on  
The product is in sleep mode. A button press, No action is necessary.  
receipt of printable data, or an error condition  
will clear this message.  
STANDARD TOP BIN FULL  
Remove all paper from bin  
SUPPLIES IN WRONG POSITION  
The output bin is full.  
Empty the bin and continue printing.  
Two or more print-cartridge slots contain the Install the correct color cartridge in each slot.  
wrong color print cartridge.  
From left to right, the print cartridges should  
be installed in this order:  
Yellow  
Magenta  
Cyan  
Black  
200 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
SUPPLIES LOW  
This message appears when at least two  
To continue printing in color, either replace  
supplies have reached the low threshold. The the supply or reconfigure the product by using  
actual supply life remaining might vary. You the MANAGE SUPPLIES menu on the  
do not need to replace the supplies at this  
time unless print quality is no longer  
acceptable. After an HP supply has reached  
the very low threshold, the HP premium  
protection warranty for that supply has  
ended.  
control panel.  
For more information about ordering  
For more information about the MANAGE  
SUPPLIES menu, see Manage supplies  
SUPPLIES LOW  
This message appears when at least two  
To continue printing in color, either replace  
supplies have reached the low threshold. The the supply or reconfigure the product by using  
product has been configured to print using the MANAGE SUPPLIES menu on the  
PRINTING BLACK ONLY  
only black when the level of a color supply is control panel.  
low. The actual supply life might vary. You do  
For more information about ordering  
not need to replace the supplies at this time  
unless print quality is no longer acceptable.  
For more information about the MANAGE  
SUPPLIES menu, see Manage supplies  
SUPPLIES VERY LOW  
This message appears when at least two  
supplies have reached the very low  
threshold. The actual supply life remaining  
might vary. You do not need to replace the  
supplies at this time unless print quality is no  
longer acceptable. After an HP supply has  
reached the very low threshold, the HP  
premium protection warranty for that supply  
has ended.  
To continue printing in color, either replace  
the supply or reconfigure the product by using  
the MANAGE SUPPLIES menu on the  
control panel.  
For more information about ordering  
For more information about the MANAGE  
SUPPLIES menu, see Manage supplies  
SUPPLIES VERY LOW  
PRINTING BLACK ONLY  
This message appears when at least two  
supplies have reached the very low  
threshold. The product has been configured the MANAGE SUPPLIES menu on the  
To continue printing in color, either replace  
the supply or reconfigure the product by using  
to print using only black when the level of a  
color supply is very low. The actual supply life  
might vary. You do not need to replace the  
supplies at this time unless print quality is no  
longer acceptable. After an HP supply has  
reached the very low threshold, the HP  
premium protection warranty for that supply  
has ended.  
control panel.  
For more information about ordering  
For more information about the MANAGE  
SUPPLIES menu, see Manage supplies  
SUPPLIES VERY LOW  
To continue press OK  
This message appears when at least two  
supplies have reached the low threshold. The the supply or reconfigure the product by using  
actual supply life remaining might vary. You the MANAGE SUPPLIES menu on the  
To continue printing in color, either replace  
do not need to replace the supplies at this  
time unless print quality is no longer  
acceptable. After an HP supply has reached  
the very low threshold, the HP premium  
protection warranty for that supply has  
ended.  
control panel.  
For more information about ordering  
For more information about the MANAGE  
SUPPLIES menu, see Manage supplies  
ENWW  
Interpret control-panel messages 201  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
TONER COLLECTION UNIT LOW  
The toner collection unit is almost full. The  
To continue printing, either press the OK  
actual supply life remaining might vary. You button or replace the toner collection unit.  
do not need to replace the toner collection  
unit at this time unless print quality is no  
longer acceptable.  
TONER COLLECTION UNIT VERY LOW  
The toner collection unit is almost full. The  
To continue printing, either press the OK  
actual supply life remaining might vary. You button or replace the toner collection unit.  
do not need to replace the toner collection  
unit at this time unless print quality is no  
longer acceptable. After an HP supply has  
reached the very low threshold, the HP  
premium protection warranty for that supply  
has ended.  
TONER COLLECTION UNIT VERY LOW  
To continue press OK  
The toner collection unit is almost full. The  
actual supply life remaining might vary. You button or replace the toner collection unit.  
To continue printing, either press the OK  
do not need to replace the toner collection  
unit at this time unless print quality is no  
longer acceptable. After an HP supply has  
reached the very low threshold, the HP  
premium protection warranty for that supply  
has ended.  
TRANSFER KIT LOW  
This message appears when the transfer kit No action is necessary to continue. If the print  
reaches the low threshold. The actual supply quality is no longer acceptable, replace the  
life remaining might vary. You do not need to transfer kit. Instructions are included with the  
replace the transfer kit at this time unless print new transfer kit.  
quality is no longer acceptable.  
TRANSFER KIT LOW  
The transfer kit is nearing the end of its  
estimated useful life. The actual supply life  
might vary. Estimated pages remaining is  
based upon the historical page coverage of  
this product. You do not need to replace the  
transfer kit at this time unless print quality is  
no longer acceptable.  
No action is necessary to continue. If the print  
quality is no longer acceptable, replace the  
transfer kit. Instructions are included with the  
new transfer kit.  
LESS THAN XXXX PAGES  
TRANSFER KIT VERY LOW  
This message appears when the transfer kit To continue printing in color, either replace  
has reached the very low threshold. The the supply or reconfigure the product by using  
actual supply life remaining might vary. You the MANAGE SUPPLIES menu on the  
do not need to replace the supplies at this  
time unless print quality is no longer  
acceptable. After an HP supply has reached  
the very low threshold, the HP premium  
protection warranty for that supply has  
ended.  
control panel.  
For more information about ordering  
For more information about the MANAGE  
SUPPLIES menu, see Manage supplies  
TRANSFER KIT VERY LOW  
To continue press OK  
This message appears when the transfer kit To continue printing in color, either replace  
has reached the very low threshold. The the supply or reconfigure the product by using  
actual supply life remaining might vary. You the MANAGE SUPPLIES menu on the  
do not need to replace the supplies at this  
time unless print quality is no longer  
acceptable. After an HP supply has reached  
the very low threshold, the HP premium  
protection warranty for that supply has  
ended.  
control panel.  
For more information about ordering  
For more information about the MANAGE  
SUPPLIES menu, see Manage supplies  
202 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
TRAY <X> [TYPE] [SIZE]  
To change size or type press OK  
To accept settings press  
TRAY <X> EMPTY [TYPE] [SIZE]  
This message states the current type and  
size configuration of the tray.  
To change size or type press the OK button.  
To accept settings press the back arrow  
.
The specified tray is empty and the current  
job does not need this tray to print.  
Refill the tray at a convenient time.  
Close the tray.  
TRAY <X> OPEN  
The specified tray is open or not closed  
completely.  
TRAY <X> OVERFILLED  
Remove some paper  
The tray is filled above the stack-height  
marking.  
Remove enough paper so that the paper  
stack does not exceed the limit for the tray.  
TRAY <X> SIZE = <Size>  
Media insert required in tray  
The product is set to print on a small paper  
size that requires the HP postcard media-  
insert to be installed in this tray.  
To use this size paper, install the media insert  
before loading the paper. See Load paper  
If you do not have the HP postcard media  
insert, 100 x 150 mm (4 x 6 in) paper can be  
printed from Tray 1 without the insert.  
TYPE MISMATCH IN TRAY X  
The specified tray contains a paper type that The specified tray will not be used until this  
does not match the configured type.  
condition is addressed. Printing can continue  
from other trays.  
1. Load the correct paper in the specified  
tray.  
2. Verify the type configuration.  
UNABLE TO COPY JOB  
UNABLE TO STORE JOB  
The product does not have enough memory Add more memory to the product. See Install  
to produce multiple original prints of this job. memory DIMMs on page 169.  
One copy will be printed.  
A job cannot be stored because of a memory Install additional memory in the product.  
or configuration problem.  
Unsupported data on [FS] DIMM in slot x The data on the DIMM for the indicated file  
Press the OK button to clear the message.  
system is not a type that the product supports.  
To clear press OK  
Replace the DIMM. See Install memory  
[FS] can be either a ROM or Flash file system.  
UNSUPPORTED DRIVE INSTALLED  
A non-supported hard drive has been  
installed.  
Turn off the product, remove the hard drive,  
and then turn on the product.  
UNSUPPORTED SUPPLY INSTALLED  
To continue press OK  
The print cartridge is for a different HP  
product.  
If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
the print cartridge.  
For a list of supported print cartridges, see  
USB ACCESSORIES EXCEED POWER  
LIMIT  
A USB accessory is drawing too much  
electrical current. Printing cannot continue.  
Remove the USB accessory, and then restart  
the product.  
Use a USB accessory that uses less power  
or that contains its own power supply.  
USB ACCESSORY ERROR  
This message appears when a connected  
USB accessory draws too much power.  
When this happens, the ACC port is disabled  
and printing stops.  
Remove the USB accessory, and then restart  
the product  
Use a USB accessory that uses less power  
or that contains its own power supply.  
ENWW  
Interpret control-panel messages 203  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
A USB accessory is not working correctly.  
USB ACCESSORY NOT FUNCTIONAL  
1. Turn product off.  
2. Disconnect the USB accessory, and  
replace with a new USB accessory.  
USB ACCESSORY UNAVAILABLE  
To clear press OK  
The USB accessory is currently unavailable. To use the USB accessory, install the  
software for the USB accessory and turn the  
product off. Then, turn the product on with the  
accessory attached.  
USB STORAGE DEVICE FAILURE  
To clear press OK  
The specified device has failed.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
USB STORAGE FILE OPERATION FAILED A PJL file system command attempted to  
Press the OK button to clear.  
perform an illogical operation.  
To clear press OK  
USB STORAGE FILE SYSTEM IS FULL  
To clear press OK  
A PJL file system command could not store Press the OK button to clear.  
something on the file system because the file  
system was full.  
USB STORAGE IS WRITE PROTECTED  
To clear press OK  
The file system device is protected and no  
new files can be written to it.  
Press the OK button to clear.  
USB STORAGE NOT INITIALIZED  
This file-storage component must be  
initialized before use.  
Use the embedded Web server or HP Web  
Jetadmin to initialize the component.  
USED SUPPLY IN USE  
The print cartridge has been previously used. If you believe you purchased a genuine HP  
supply, go to www.hp.com/go/  
anticounterfeit.  
WAIT FOR PRINTER TO REINITIALIZE  
This message can appear for a variety of  
reasons:  
No action is necessary.  
The RAM DISK settings changed before  
the product has restarted.  
The product is restarting after changing  
external device modes.  
Diagnostics has been exited.  
A new formatter has been installed with  
an old engine or a new engine has been  
installed with an old formatter.  
WAITING FOR TRAY <X> TO LIFT  
WARMING UP  
The specified tray is lifting paper for feeding. No action is necessary.  
The product is coming out of Sleep mode.  
No action is necessary.  
WRONG CARTRIDGE IN <COLOR> SLOT The indicated slot for a print cartridge  
contains a cartridge that is not the correct  
Remove the print cartridge from that slot, and  
install a cartridge that is the correct color.  
color. From left to right, the print cartridges  
should be installed in this order:  
Yellow  
Magenta  
Cyan  
Black  
204 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
Table 10-1 Control-panel messages (continued)  
Description  
Recommended action  
YELLOW CARTRIDGE LOW  
The product indicates when a supply level is If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. You the print cartridge. Consider purchasing a  
do not need to replace the print cartridge at  
this time unless print quality is no longer  
acceptable.  
replacement cartridge so it is available when  
the installed cartridge has reached the end of  
its estimated life. See Replace print  
YELLOW CARTRIDGE LOW  
LESS THAN XXXX PAGES  
The product indicates when a supply level is If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. You the print cartridge. Consider purchasing a  
do not need to replace the print cartridge at  
this time unless print quality is no longer  
acceptable. Estimated pages remaining is  
based upon the historical page coverage of  
this product.  
replacement cartridge so it is available when  
the installed cartridge has reached the end of  
its estimated life. See Replace print  
YELLOW CARTRIDGE VERY LOW  
The product indicates when a supply level is If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace  
very low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. the print cartridge. See Replace print  
Consider having a replacement print  
cartridge available to install when print quality  
is no longer acceptable. You do not need to  
replace the print cartridge at this time unless  
print quality is no longer acceptable. After an  
HP supply has reached the very low  
threshold, the HP premium protection  
warranty for that supply has ended.  
YELLOW CARTRIDGE VERY LOW  
To continue press OK  
The product indicates when a supply level is Press the OK button to continue. If print  
very low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. quality is no longer acceptable, replace the  
Consider having a replacement print  
print cartridge. See Replace print cartridges  
cartridge available to install when print quality on page 164.  
is no longer acceptable. You do not need to  
replace the print cartridge at this time unless  
print quality is no longer acceptable. After an  
HP supply has reached the very low  
threshold, the HP premium protection  
warranty for that supply has ended.  
ENWW  
Interpret control-panel messages 205  
Clear jams  
Common causes of jams  
The product is jammed.  
Cause  
Solution  
The paper does not meet specifications.  
Use only paper that meets HP specifications. See Supported  
A component is installed incorrectly.  
Verify that the transfer belt and transfer roller are correctly  
installed.  
You are using paper that has already passed through a product Do not use paper that has been previously printed on or copied.  
or copier.  
An input tray is loaded incorrectly.  
Remove any excess paper from the input tray. Make sure that  
the stack is below the maximum stack height mark in the tray.  
The paper is skewed.  
The input-tray guides are not adjusted correctly. Adjust them  
so they hold the stack firmly in place without bending it.  
The paper is binding or sticking together.  
The paper is removed before it settles into the output bin.  
Remove the paper, flex it, rotate it 180°, or flip it over. Reload  
the paper into the input tray.  
Reset the product. Wait until the page completely settles in the  
output bin before removing it.  
During two-sided printing, you removed the paper before the Reset the product and print the document again. Wait until the  
second side of the document was printed.  
page completely settles in the output bin before removing it.  
The paper is in poor condition.  
Replace the paper.  
If the paper is heavier than 220 g/m2 (58 lb), it might not be  
picked from the tray.  
The internal tray rollers are not picking up the paper.  
The rollers are worn. Replace the rollers.  
Replace the paper.  
The paper has rough or jagged edges.  
The paper is perforated or embossed.  
Perforated or embossed paper does not separate easily. Feed  
single sheets from Tray 1.  
Paper was not stored correctly.  
Replace the paper in the trays. Paper should be stored in the  
original packaging in a controlled environment.  
Not all product packing material was removed.  
Verify that the packing tape, cardboard, and plastic shipping  
locks have been removed from the product.  
The HP postcard media insert is installed in Tray 2, and you  
are not printing on 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 in) paper.  
Always use the HP postcard media insert when printing on 10  
x 15 cm (4 x 6 in) paper, but remove it when printing on other  
sizes.  
Or  
The HP postcard media insert is not installed in Tray 2, and  
you are printing on 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 in) paper.  
If the product still continues to jam, contact HP Customer Support or your authorized HP service  
provider.  
206 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
     
Jam locations  
Use this illustration to identify locations of jams. In addition, instructions appear on the control panel to  
direct you to the location of jammed paper and how to clear it.  
NOTE: Internal areas of the product that might need to be opened to clear jams have green handles  
or green labels.  
Figure 10-1 Jam locations  
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
Output bin  
Right door  
Tray 1 area  
Tray 2, and optional Trays 3, 4, and 5  
Lower-right door  
When a jam occurs, a message appears on the control-panel display that describes the location of the  
jam. The following table lists the messages that can appear and provides links to the procedures for  
clearing the jam.  
WARNING! To avoid electrical shock, remove any necklaces, bracelets, or other metal items before  
reaching into the inside of the product.  
Type of jam  
Procedure  
13.XX.YY JAM IN RIGHT DOOR  
13.XX.YY JAMS IN RIGHT DOOR  
13.XX.YY FUSER AREA JAM  
13.XX.YY FUSER WRAP JAM  
13.XX.YY JAM ABOVE TOP OUTPUT BIN  
ENWW  
Clear jams 207  
   
Type of jam  
Procedure  
13.XX.YY JAM IN TRAY 1  
13.XX.YY JAM IN TRAY 2  
13.XX.YY JAM IN OPTIONAL TRAYS  
13.XX.YY JAM IN LOWER RIGHT DOOR  
208 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
Clear jams in the right door  
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the product is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before handling  
it.  
1. Open the right door.  
2. Gently pull the paper out of the pickup area.  
3. If paper is visible entering the bottom of the  
fuser, gently pull downward to remove it.  
CAUTION: Do not touch the rollers on the  
transfer roller. Contaminants can affect print  
quality.  
ENWW  
Clear jams 209  
 
4. If paper is jammed as it enters the output bin,  
remove the fuser and gently pull the paper  
downward to remove it.  
5. Paper could be jammed inside the fuser where  
it would not be visible. Remove the fuser to  
check for jammed paper inside.  
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the  
product is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool  
before handling it.  
6. Grasp the fuser handles, lift up slightly, and pull  
straight out to remove the fuser.  
7. Open the jam-access door. If paper is jammed  
inside the fuser, gently pull it straight up to  
remove it. If the paper tears, remove all paper  
fragments.  
CAUTION: Even if the body of the fuser has  
cooled, the rollers that are inside could still be  
hot. Do not touch the fuser rollers until they  
have cooled.  
210 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
8. Close the jam-access door, and push the fuser  
completely into the product.  
9. Close the right door.  
ENWW  
Clear jams 211  
Clear jams in the output bin area  
1. If paper is visible from the output bin, grasp the  
leading edge and remove it.  
212 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
 
Clear jams in Tray 1  
1. If jammed paper is visible in Tray 1, clear the  
jam by gently pulling the paper straight out.  
Press the OK button to clear the message.  
2. If you cannot remove the paper, or if no jammed  
paper is visible in Tray 1, close Tray 1 and open  
the right door.  
ENWW  
Clear jams 213  
 
3. Gently pull the paper out of the pick up area.  
4. Close the right door.  
214 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
Clear jams in Tray 2 or optional Trays 3, 4, or 5  
CAUTION: Opening a tray when paper is jammed can cause the paper to tear and leave pieces of  
paper in the tray, which might cause another jam. Be sure to clear jams before opening the tray.  
1. Open Tray 2 and make sure that the paper is  
stacked correctly. Remove any jammed or  
damaged sheets of paper. To access jammed  
paper from the tray cavity, remove Tray 2 from  
the product.  
2. Close the tray.  
ENWW  
Clear jams 215  
 
Clear jams in the lower right door (Tray 3, 4, or 5)  
1. Open the lower right door.  
2. If paper is visible, gently pull the jammed paper  
up or down to remove it.  
3. Close the lower right door.  
216 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
 
Change jam recovery  
This product provides a jam recovery feature that reprints jammed pages.  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Press the down arrow to highlight the  
CONFIGURE DEVICE menu, and then press  
the OK button.  
3. Press the down arrow to highlight the  
SYSTEM SETUP menu, and then press the  
OK button.  
4. Press the down arrow to highlight the JAM  
RECOVERY menu, and then press the OK  
button.  
5. Press the down arrow or up arrow  
/
to  
highlight the appropriate setting, and then  
press the OK button. The following options are  
available:  
AUTO — The product attempts to reprint  
jammed pages when sufficient memory is  
available. This is the default setting.  
OFF — The product does not attempt to  
reprint jammed pages. Because no  
memory is used to store the most recent  
pages, performance is optimal.  
NOTE: When using this option, if the  
product runs out of paper and the job is  
being printed on both sides, some pages  
can be lost.  
ON — The product always reprints jammed  
pages. Additional memory is allocated to  
store the last few pages printed. This might  
cause overall performance to suffer.  
6. Press the Home button  
Ready state.  
to return to the  
ENWW  
Clear jams 217  
 
Solve paper-handling problems  
Use only paper that meets the specifications outlined in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media  
Guide. Always configure the paper type on the control panel to match the type of paper that is loaded  
in the tray.  
Product feeds multiple sheets  
Product feeds multiple sheets  
Cause  
Solution  
Print paper is sticking together.  
Remove paper, flex it, rotate it 180 degrees or flip it over, and  
then reload it into the tray.  
NOTE: Do not fan paper. Fanning can cause static electricity,  
which can cause paper to stick together.  
Paper does not meet the specifications for this product.  
Trays are not properly adjusted.  
Use only paper that meets HP paper specifications for this  
product.  
Make sure that the paper guides match the size of paper being  
used.  
Product feeds incorrect page size  
Product feeds incorrect page size  
Cause  
Solution  
The correct size paper is not loaded in the input tray.  
Load the correct size paper in the input tray.  
The correct size paper is not selected in the software program Confirm that the settings in the software program and printer  
or printer driver.  
driver are correct, because the software program settings  
override the printer driver and control panel settings, and the  
printer driver settings override the control panel settings. For  
The correct size paper for the tray is not selected in the product From the control panel, select the correct size paper for the  
control panel.  
tray.  
The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray.  
Print a configuration page or use the control panel to determine  
the paper size for which the tray is configured.  
The guides in the tray are not against the paper.  
Verify that the paper guides are touching the paper.  
218 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
     
Product pulls from incorrect tray  
Product pulls from incorrect tray  
Cause  
Solution  
You are using a driver for a different product.  
The specified tray is empty.  
Use a driver for this product.  
Load paper in the specified tray.  
You did not specify the tray for the print job.  
Select the correct tray for the print job using the control panel  
or by configuring your print settings.  
The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray.  
The guides in the tray are not against the paper.  
Print a configuration page or use the control panel to determine  
the paper size for which the tray is configured.  
Verify that the guides are touching the paper.  
Paper does not feed automatically  
Paper does not feed automatically  
Cause  
Solution  
Manual feed is selected in the software program.  
Load Tray 1 with paper, or, if the paper is loaded, press the  
OK button.  
The correct size paper is not loaded.  
The input tray is empty.  
Load the correct size paper.  
Load paper into the input tray.  
Paper from a previous jam has not been completely removed. Open the product and remove any paper in the paper path.  
The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray.  
Print a configuration page or use the control panel to determine  
the paper size for which the tray is configured.  
The guides in the tray are not against the paper.  
Verify that the paper guides are touching the paper.  
The manual-feed prompt is set to ALWAYS. The product  
Load Tray 1 with paper, or, if the paper is loaded, press the  
always prompts for manual feed, even if the tray is loaded.  
OK button.  
Or, change the manual-feed prompt setting to UNLESS  
LOADED, so that the product prompts for manual feed only  
when the tray is empty.  
The USE REQUESTED TRAY setting on the product is set to Load the requested tray.  
EXCLUSIVELY, and the requested tray is empty. The product  
Or, change the setting from EXCLUSIVELY to FIRST on the  
will not use another tray.  
CONFIGURE DEVICE menu. The product can use other trays  
if no media is loaded in the specified tray.  
ENWW  
Solve paper-handling problems 219  
   
Paper does not feed from Tray 2, 3, 4, or 5  
Paper does not feed from Tray 2, 3, 4, or 5  
Cause  
Solution  
The correct size paper is not loaded.  
The input tray is empty.  
Load the correct size paper.  
Load paper in the input tray.  
The correct paper type for the input tray is not selected in the From the product control panel, select the correct paper type  
product control panel.  
for the input tray. Trays configured for a paper type with a  
specific weight range will not match a print job that specifies  
an exact weight, even if the specified weight is within the weight  
range.  
Paper from a previous jam has not been completely removed. Open the product and remove any paper in the paper path.  
Closely inspect the fuser area for jams.  
None of the optional trays appear as input tray options.  
The optional trays only display as available if they are installed.  
Verify that any optional trays are correctly installed. Verify that  
the printer driver has been configured to recognize the optional  
trays.  
An optional tray is incorrectly installed.  
Print a configuration page to confirm that the optional tray is  
installed. If not, verify that the tray is correctly attached to the  
product.  
The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray.  
The guides in the tray are not against the paper.  
Print a configuration page or use the control panel to determine  
the paper size for which the tray is configured.  
Verify that the guides are touching the paper.  
Transparencies or glossy paper will not feed  
Transparencies or glossy paper will not feed  
Cause  
Solution  
The correct paper type is not specified in the software or printer Verify that the correct paper type is selected in the software or  
driver.  
printer driver.  
The input tray is overfilled.  
Remove excess paper from the input tray. Do not exceed the  
maximum stack height marks for the tray.  
Paper in another input tray is the same size as the  
Make sure that the input tray containing the transparencies or  
transparencies, and the product is defaulting to the other tray. glossy paper is selected in the software program or printer  
driver. Use the product control panel to configure the tray to  
the paper type loaded.  
The tray containing the transparencies or glossy paper is not Make sure that the input tray containing the transparencies or  
configured correctly for type.  
glossy paper is selected in the software program or printer  
driver. Use the product control panel to configure the tray to  
the paper type loaded.  
Transparencies or glossy paper might not meet supported  
paper specifications.  
Use only paper that meets the HP paper specifications for this  
product.  
High-humidity environments may cause glossy paper not to  
feed, or to feed too many sheets.  
Avoid printing glossy paper in high humidity conditions. When  
printing glossy paper, removing the paper from the wrapper  
and letting it rest for a few hours can improve feeding into the  
product. However, letting paper rest in humid environments  
may also cause blisters.  
220 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
   
Envelopes jam or will not feed in the product  
Envelopes jam or will not feed in the product  
Cause  
Solution  
Envelopes are loaded in an unsupported tray. Only Tray 1 can Load envelopes into Tray 1.  
feed envelopes.  
Envelopes are curled or damaged.  
Try using different envelopes. Store envelopes in a controlled  
environment.  
Envelopes are sealing because the moisture content is too  
high.  
Try using different envelopes. Store envelopes in a controlled  
environment.  
Envelope orientation is incorrect.  
Verify that the envelope is loaded correctly.  
This product does not support the envelopes being used.  
Tray 1 is configured for a size other than envelopes.  
Refer to the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide.  
Configure Tray 1 size for envelopes. If the envelope is a  
custom size, configure Tray 1 paper type to ENVELOPE.  
Output is curled or wrinkled  
Output is curled or wrinkled  
Cause  
Solution  
Paper does not meet the specifications for this product.  
Use only paper that meets the HP paper specifications for this  
product.  
Paper is damaged or in poor condition.  
Remove paper from the input tray and load paper that is in  
good condition.  
Product is operating in an excessively humid environment.  
You are printing large, solid-filled areas.  
Verify that the printing environment is within humidity  
specifications.  
Large, solid-filled areas can cause excessive curl. Try using a  
different pattern.  
Paper used was not stored correctly and might have absorbed Remove paper and replace it with paper from a fresh,  
moisture.  
unopened package.  
Paper has poorly cut edges.  
Remove paper, flex it, rotate it 180 degrees or turn it over, and  
then reload it into the input tray. Do not fan paper. If the problem  
persists, replace the paper.  
The specific paper type was not configured for the tray or  
selected in the software.  
Configure the software for the paper (see the software  
documentation). Configure the tray for the paper, see Load  
The paper has previously been used for a print job.  
Do not re-use paper.  
ENWW  
Solve paper-handling problems 221  
   
Product does not duplex or duplexes incorrectly  
Product does not duplex (print 2-sided jobs) or duplexes incorrectly  
Cause  
Solution  
You are trying to duplex on unsupported paper.  
The printer driver is not set up for duplex printing.  
Verify that the paper is supported for duplex printing.  
Set up the printer driver to enable duplex printing.  
The first page is printing on the back of preprinted forms or  
letterhead.  
Preprinted paper requires a specific orientation in the tray. See  
The product model does not support automatic 2-sided  
printing.  
The HP Color LaserJet CP4525n and HP Color LaserJet  
CP4025n models do not support automatic 2-sided printing.  
The product configuration is not set for duplexing.  
In Windows, run the automatic configuration feature:  
1. Click the Start button, point to Settings, and then click  
Printers and Faxes.  
2. Right-click the HP product icon, and then click  
Properties or Printing Preferences.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab.  
4. Under Installable Options, click Update Now in the  
Automatic Configuration list.  
222 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
 
Solve image-quality problems  
You can prevent most print-quality problems by following these guidelines.  
Configure the trays for the correct paper-type setting. See Configure trays on page 97.  
Use paper that meets HP specifications. See Paper and print media on page 79.  
Clean the product as necessary. See Clean the paper path on page 176.  
Example print quality problems  
Some print quality problems arise from low or very low cartridges or other supplies. The solution is to  
replace the low or very low supplies.  
Some print quality problems arise from use of inappropriate paper.  
Use paper that meets HP paper specifications.  
The surface of the paper is too rough. Use paper that meets HP paper specifications.  
The printer driver setting or paper tray setting might be incorrect. Be sure that you have configured  
the paper tray at the product control panel and have also selected the correct driver setting for the  
paper that you are using.  
The print mode might be set incorrectly, or the paper might not meet recommended specifications.  
The transparencies you are using are not designed for proper toner adhesion. Use only  
transparencies designed for HP Color LaserJet products.  
The moisture content of the paper is uneven, too high, or too low. Use paper from a different source  
or from an unopened ream of paper.  
Some areas of the paper reject toner. Use paper from a different source or from an unopened ream  
of paper.  
The letterhead you are using is printed on rough paper. Use a smoother, xerographic paper. If this  
solves your problem, consult with the printer of your letterhead to verify that the paper used meets  
the specifications for this product.  
Several optimize print modes can be used to address print quality issues. See Print Quality menu  
If you are having problems with light streaks in an image, use the INFORMATION menu to print the  
supplies status page. If none of the cartridges has reached its estimated end of life, remove the  
cartridges from the product, and then reinstall them. The product initiates a cleaning mechanism that  
might correct the light streaks.  
ENWW  
Solve image-quality problems 223  
   
Repetitive defects ruler  
If defects repeat at regular intervals on the page, use this ruler to identify the cause of the defect. Place  
the top of the ruler at the first defect. The marking that is beside the next occurrence of the defect  
indicates which component needs to be replaced.  
Figure 10-2 Repetitive defects ruler  
0 mm  
27 mm  
32 mm  
44 mm  
48 mm  
51 mm  
55 mm  
63 mm  
76 mm  
80 mm  
96 mm  
101 mm  
Distance between defects  
Product components that cause the defect  
27 mm  
32 mm  
44 mm  
48 mm  
51 mm  
55 mm  
63 mm  
76 mm  
76 mm  
80 mm  
96 mm  
101 mm  
Print cartridge  
Print cartridge  
Transfer unit  
Print cartridge  
Transfer roller  
Print engine  
Transfer unit  
Print cartridge  
Fuser  
Fuser  
Print engine  
Print engine  
224 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
   
Optimize and improve image quality  
Internal print-quality-test pages  
Use the built-in print-quality-troubleshooting pages to help diagnose and solve print-quality problems.  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Press the down arrow to highlight the DIAGNOSTICS menu, and then press the OK button.  
3. Press the down arrow to highlight the PQ TROUBLESHOOTING setting, and then press the  
OK button to print the pages.  
The product returns to the Ready state after printing the print-quality-troubleshooting pages. Follow the  
instructions on the pages that print out.  
Manage and configure printer drivers  
The product uses the paper-type setting to establish many internal settings that affect print quality.  
Always use the correct paper-type setting in the printer driver and at the product control panel. Also  
make sure that the other settings on the Paper/Quality tab in the printer driver are correct.  
For Windows operating systems, use the printer driver that best matches your printing needs.  
HP PCL 6 driver  
Provides the overall best speed, print quality, and product-feature support for most users  
Developed to align with the Windows Graphic Device Interface (GDI) for the best speed  
in Windows environments  
Might not be fully compatible with third-party and custom software programs that are based  
on PCL 5  
HP UPD PS driver  
Recommended for printing with Adobe® software programs or with other highly graphics-  
intensive software programs  
Provides support for printing from postscript emulation needs, or for postscript flash font  
support  
HP UPD PCL 5 driver  
The best choice for printing from third-party or custom software programs  
The best choice when operating with mixed environments, which require the product to  
be set to PCL 5 (UNIX, Linux, mainframe)  
Calibrate the product  
Calibration is a product function that optimizes print quality. If you experience any image-quality  
problems, calibrate the product.  
1. Press the Home button  
.
2. Press the down arrow to highlight the CONFIGURE DEVICE menu, and then press the OK  
button.  
3. Press the down arrow to highlight the PRINT QUALITY menu, and then press the OK button.  
4. Press the down arrow to highlight the FULL CALIBRATE NOW setting, and then press the  
OK button.  
ENWW  
Solve image-quality problems 225  
         
Set the image registration  
If you are having problems with text aligning on the page, use the SET REGISTRATION menu to set  
the image registration. For instructions, see Set the duplex alignment on page 137.  
226 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
 
Solve performance problems  
Problem  
Cause  
Solution  
Pages print but are totally blank.  
The document might contain blank  
pages.  
Check the document that you are printing  
to see if content appears on all of the  
pages.  
The product might be malfunctioning.  
To check the product, print a  
Configuration page.  
All of the print cartridges might be very  
low on toner.  
Replace the toner cartridges if a  
SUPPLIES VERY LOW message is  
displayed.  
Pages print very slowly.  
Pages did not print.  
Heavier paper types can slow the print  
job.  
Print on a different type of paper. Proper  
fusing may require a slower print speed  
to ensure the best print quality.  
Complex pages can print slowly.  
Simplify the page.  
The product might not be pulling paper  
correctly.  
Make sure paper is loaded in the tray  
correctly.  
The paper is jamming in the product.  
Clear the jam. See Clear jams  
The USB cable might be defective or  
incorrectly connected.  
Disconnect the USB cable at both  
ends and reconnect it.  
Try printing a job that has printed in  
the past.  
Try using a different USB cable.  
Other devices are running on your  
computer.  
The product might not share a USB port.  
If you have an external hard drive or  
network switchbox that is connected to  
the same port as the product, the other  
device might be interfering. To connect  
and use the product, you must  
disconnect the other device or you must  
use two USB ports on the computer.  
ENWW  
Solve performance problems 227  
         
Solve connectivity problems  
Solve direct-connect problems  
If you have connected the product directly to a computer, check the cable.  
Verify that the cable is connected to the computer and to the product.  
Verify that the cable is not longer than 2 m (6.5 ft). Replace the cable if necessary.  
Verify that the cable is working correctly by connecting it to another product. Replace the cable if  
necessary.  
Solve network problems  
Check the following items to verify that the product is communicating with the network. Before beginning,  
print a configuration page. See Print information pages on page 148.  
Problem  
Solution  
Poor physical connection  
Verify that the product is attached to the correct network port using a cable of the  
correct length.  
Verify that cable connections are secure.  
Look at the network port connection on the back of the product, and verify that the  
amber activity light and the green link-status light are lit.  
If the problem continues, try a different cable or port on the hub.  
The computer is unable to communicate Use the command prompt to ping the product from your computer. For example:  
with the product.  
ping 192.168.45.39  
Verify that the ping displays round-trip times, which indicates that it is working.  
If the ping command failed, verify that the network hubs are on, and then verify that  
the network settings, the product, and the computer are all configured for the same  
network.  
Incorrect link and duplex settings  
Hewlett-Packard recommends leaving this setting in automatic mode (the default  
Incorrect IP address for the product on  
the computer  
Use the correct IP address. The IP address is listed on the configuration page.  
If the IP address is correct, delete the product and then add it again.  
New software programs have caused  
compatibility problems.  
Verify that any new software programs are correctly installed and that they use the  
correct printer driver.  
Your computer or workstation is set up  
incorrectly.  
Check the network drivers, printer drivers, and the network redirection.  
Verify that the operating system is configured correctly.  
The protocol is disabled, or other  
network settings are incorrect.  
Review the configuration page to check the status of the protocol. Enable it if  
necessary.  
Reconfigure the network settings if necessary. See Connect to a network  
228 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
         
Product software problems  
Problem  
Solution  
A printer driver for the product is Reinstall the product software.  
not visible in the Printer folder  
NOTE: Close any applications that are running. To close an application that has an icon in the system  
tray, right-click the icon, and select Close or Disable.  
Try plugging the USB cable into a different USB port on the computer.  
An error message was displayed Reinstall the product software.  
during the software installation  
NOTE: Close any applications that are running. To close an application that has an icon in the task bar,  
right-click the icon, and select Close or Disable.  
Check the amount of free space on the drive where you are installing the product software. If necessary,  
free up as much space as you can, and reinstall the product software.  
If necessary, run the Disk Defragmenter, and reinstall the product software.  
Print a Configuration page, and verify the product functionality.  
The product is in Ready mode,  
but nothing prints  
Verify that all of the cables are correctly seated and within specifications. This includes the USB and  
power cables. Try a new cable.  
Verify the IP Address on the Embedded Jetdirect Page matches the IP address for the software port.  
Use one of the following procedures:  
Windows XP, Windows Server  
2003, Windows Server 2008, and  
Windows Vista  
1. Click Start.  
2. Click Settings.  
3. Click Printers and Faxes (using the default Start menu view) or  
click Printers (using the Classic Start menu view).  
4. Right-click the product driver icon, and then select Properties.  
5. Click the Ports tab, and then click Configure Port.  
6. Verify the IP address, and then click OK or Cancel.  
7. If the IP Addresses are not the same, delete the driver, and  
reinstall the driver using the correct IP address.  
Windows 7  
1. Click Start.  
2. Click Devices and Printers.  
3. Right-click the product driver icon, and then select Printer  
properties.  
4. Click the Ports tab, and then click Configure Port.  
5. Verify the IP address, and then click OK or Cancel.  
6. If the IP Addresses are not the same, delete the driver, and  
reinstall the driver using the correct IP address.  
ENWW  
Product software problems 229  
 
Solve common Windows problems  
Error message:  
“(Name of the program, for example, Internet Explorer) has encountered a problem and needs to close. We are sorry  
for the inconvenience”  
Cause  
Solution  
Close all software programs, restart Windows, and try again.  
If the application referenced is the printer driver, select or install  
a different printer driver. If the product PCL 6 printer driver is  
selected, switch to the PCL 5 or HP postscript level 3 emulation  
printer driver.  
See the Microsoft Windows documentation that came with the  
computer for more information about Windows error  
messages, or go to www.microsoft.com.  
230 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
 
Solve common Mac problems  
The printer driver is not listed in the Printer Setup Utility or the Print & Fax list.  
Cause  
Solution  
The product software might not have been installed or was installed Make sure that the product .GZ file is in the following hard-drive folder:  
incorrectly.  
Mac OS X 10.4: Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/  
Resources/<lang>.lproj, where <lang> is the two-letter  
language code for the language that you are using.  
Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6: Library/Printers/PPDs/  
Contents/Resources  
If necessary, reinstall the software. See the getting started guide for  
instructions.  
The Postscript Printer Description (PPD) file is corrupt.  
Delete the .GZ file from the following hard-drive folder:  
Mac OS X 10.4: Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/  
Resources/<lang>.lproj, where <lang> is the two-letter  
language code for the language that you are using.  
Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6: Library/Printers/PPDs/  
Contents/Resources  
Reinstall the software. See the getting started guide for instructions.  
The product name, IP address, or Bonjour host name does not appear in the product list in the Printer Setup Utility or the Print &  
Fax list.  
Cause  
Solution  
The product might not be ready.  
Make sure that the cables are connected correctly, the product is on,  
and the Ready light is on. If you are connecting through a USB or  
Ethernet hub, try connecting directly to the computer or use a different  
port.  
The wrong connection type might be selected.  
Make sure that USB, IP Printing, or Bonjour is selected, depending  
on the type of connection that exists between the product and the  
computer.  
The wrong product name, IP address, or Bonjour host name is being Print a configuration page to check the product name, IP address, or  
used.  
Bonjour host name. Verify that the name, IP address, or Bonjour host  
name on the configuration page matches the product name, IP  
address, or Bonjour host name in the Printer Setup Utility or the Print  
& Fax list.  
The interface cable might be defective or of poor quality.  
Replace the cable with a high-quality cable.  
The printer driver does not automatically set up your selected product in the Printer Setup Utility or the Print & Fax list.  
Cause  
Solution  
The product might not be ready.  
Make sure that the cables are connected correctly, the product is on,  
and the Ready light is on. If you are connecting through a USB or  
Ethernet hub, try connecting directly to the computer or use a different  
port.  
ENWW  
Solve common Mac problems 231  
     
The printer driver does not automatically set up your selected product in the Printer Setup Utility or the Print & Fax list.  
Cause Solution  
The product software might not have been installed or was installed Make sure that the product PPD is in the following hard-drive folder:  
incorrectly.  
Mac OS X 10.4: Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/  
Resources/<lang>.lproj, where <lang> is the two-letter  
language code for the language that you are using.  
Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6: Library/Printers/PPDs/  
Contents/Resources  
If necessary, reinstall the software. See the getting started guide for  
instructions.  
The Postscript Printer Description (PPD) file is corrupt.  
Delete the .GZ file from the following hard-drive folder:  
Mac OS X 10.4: Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/  
Resources/<lang>.lproj, where <lang> is the two-letter  
language code for the language that you are using.  
Mac OS X 10.5 and 10.6: Library/Printers/PPDs/  
Contents/Resources  
Reinstall the software. See the getting started guide for instructions.  
Replace the interface cable with a high-quality cable.  
The interface cable might be defective or of poor quality.  
A print job was not sent to the product that you wanted.  
Cause  
Solution  
The print queue might be stopped.  
Restart the print queue. Open print monitor and select Start  
Printer.  
The wrong product name or IP address is being used. Another  
Print a configuration page to check the product name, IP address, or  
product with the same or similar name, IP address, or Bonjour host Bonjour host name. Verify that the name, IP address, or Bonjour host  
name might have received your print job.  
name on the configuration page matches the product name, IP  
address, or Bonjour host name in the Printer Setup Utility or the Print  
& Fax list.  
An encapsulated PostScript (EPS) file does not print with the correct fonts.  
Cause  
Solution  
This problem occurs with some programs.  
Try downloading the fonts that are contained in the EPS file to  
the product before printing.  
Send the file in ASCII format instead of binary encoding.  
You are unable to print from a third-party USB card.  
Cause  
Solution  
This error occurs when the software for USB products is not  
installed.  
When adding a third-party USB card, you might need the Apple USB  
Adapter Card Support software. The most current version of this  
software is available from the Apple Web site.  
232 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
   
When connected with a USB cable, the product does not appear in the Printer Setup Utility or the Print & Fax list after the driver  
is selected.  
Cause  
Solution  
This problem is caused by either a software or a hardware  
component.  
Software troubleshooting  
Check that your Macintosh supports USB.  
Verify that your Macintosh operating system is Mac OS X 10.4  
or later.  
Ensure that your Macintosh has the appropriate USB software  
from Apple.  
Hardware troubleshooting  
Check that the product is turned on.  
Verify that the USB cable is connected correctly.  
Check that you are using the appropriate high-speed USB cable.  
Ensure that you do not have too many USB devices drawing  
power from the chain. Disconnect all of the devices from the  
chain, and connect the cable directly to the USB port on the host  
computer.  
Check to see if more than two nonpowered USB hubs are  
connected in a row on the chain. Disconnect all of the devices  
from the chain and connect the cable directly to the USB port on  
the host computer.  
NOTE: The iMac keyboard is a nonpowered USB hub.  
ENWW  
Solve common Mac problems 233  
234 Chapter 10 Solve problems  
ENWW  
A Supplies and accessories  
ENWW  
235  
 
Order parts, accessories, and supplies  
Order supplies and paper  
Order genuine HP parts or accessories  
Order through service or support providers  
Order using HP software  
Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.  
236 Appendix A Supplies and accessories  
ENWW  
 
Part numbers  
Ordering information and availability might change during the life of the product.  
Accessories  
Item  
Description  
Part number  
HP Color LaserJet 1 x 500 Paper Feeder 500-sheet paper tray.  
and stand  
CE422A  
HP Color LaserJet 3 x 500 Paper Feeder 1500-sheet paper tray. Contains three  
CE423A  
and stand  
500-sheet trays.  
HP Postcard media insert  
Plastic tray for printing 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 CC497A  
in) paper.  
Print cartridges and toner collection unit  
Item  
Description1  
Part number  
HP Color LaserJet black print cartridge  
HP Color LaserJet black print cartridge  
Standard black cartridge  
CE260A  
CE260X  
High-capacity black cartridge for  
CLJ4525 models only  
HP Color LaserJet cyan print cartridge  
Cyan cartridge  
CE261A  
CE262A  
CE263A  
HP Color LaserJet yellow print cartridge Yellow cartridge  
HP Color LaserJet magenta print  
cartridge  
Magenta cartridge  
Toner Collection Unit  
Receptacle for toner that has not fused  
to the paper.  
CE265A  
1
For more information, go to www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies.  
Memory  
Item  
Description  
Part number  
200-pin DDR2 SODIMM x32 memory  
modules  
256 MB  
512 MB  
CE466A  
CE467A  
Boosts the ability of the product to handle  
large or complex print jobs.  
HP Encrypted High Performance hard  
disks  
EIO encrypted hard disk to install in the J8019A  
EIO accessory slot  
63 mm (2.5 in)  
ENWW  
Part numbers 237  
               
Cables and interfaces  
Item  
Description  
Part number  
Enhanced I/O (EIO) card  
HP Jetdirect 635n IPv6/IPsec Print  
Server  
J7961G  
USB cable  
2-meter standard USB-compatible  
device connector  
C6518A  
Maintenance kits  
Item  
Description  
Part number  
Fuser kit  
110 Volt replacement fuser  
220 Volt replacement fuser  
CE246A  
CE247A  
CE249A  
Transfer kit  
Replacement transfer unit, transfer  
roller, Tray 1 pickup roller, and eight feed  
and separation rollers for Trays 2-5.  
238 Appendix A Supplies and accessories  
ENWW  
       
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement  
HP PRODUCT  
DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY  
HP Color LaserJet CP4025n, CP4025dn, CP4525n,  
CP4525dn, CP4525xh  
One-year on-site warranty  
HP warrants to you, the end-user customer, that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects  
in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase, for the period specified above. If HP receives  
notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will, at its option, either repair or replace products  
which prove to be defective. Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to  
new.  
HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date  
of purchase, for the period specified above, due to defects in material and workmanship when properly  
installed and used. If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will replace  
software which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects.  
HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free. If HP is unable,  
within a reasonable time, to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted, you will be entitled  
to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product.  
HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been  
subject to incidental use.  
Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from (a) improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration,  
(b) software, interfacing, parts or supplies not supplied by HP, (c) unauthorized modification or misuse,  
(d) operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product, or (e) improper site  
preparation or maintenance.  
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND  
NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR  
IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF  
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
Some countries/regions, states or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied  
warranty, so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific  
legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country/region to country/region, state  
to state, or province to province.  
HP's limited warranty is valid in any country/region or locality where HP has a support presence for this  
product and where HP has marketed this product. The level of warranty service you receive may vary  
according to local standards. HP will not alter form, fit or function of the product to make it operate in a  
country/region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory reasons.  
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT  
ARE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE, IN NO EVENT  
WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL,  
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE,  
WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE. Some countries/regions, states or  
provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above  
limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.  
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT  
LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO  
THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.  
240 Appendix B Service and support  
ENWW  
 
HP's Premium Protection Warranty: LaserJet print  
cartridge limited warranty statement  
This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship.  
This warranty does not apply to products that (a) have been refilled, refurbished, remanufactured or  
tampered with in any way, (b) experience problems resulting from misuse, improper storage, or  
operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the printer product or (c) exhibit wear  
from ordinary use.  
To obtain warranty service, please return the product to place of purchase (with a written description of  
the problem and print samples) or contact HP customer support. At HP's option, HP will either replace  
products that prove to be defective or refund your purchase price.  
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO  
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR  
IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF  
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE  
LIABLE FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR  
DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE.  
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT  
LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO  
THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.  
ENWW  
HP's Premium Protection Warranty: LaserJet print cartridge limited warranty statement 241  
   
Color LaserJet Fuser Kit, Transfer Kit, and Roller Kit  
Limited Warranty Statement  
This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship until the printer  
provides a low-life indicator on the control panel.  
This warranty does not apply to products that (a) have been refurbished, remanufactured or tampered  
with in any way, (b) experience problems resulting from misuse, improper storage, or operation outside  
of the published environmental specifications for the printer product or (c) exhibit wear from ordinary  
use.  
To obtain warranty service, please return the product to place of purchase (with a written description of  
the problem) or contact HP customer support. At HP’s option, HP will either replace products that prove  
to be defective or refund your purchase price.  
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO  
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR  
IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF  
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE  
LIABLE FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR  
DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE.  
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT  
LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO  
THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.  
242 Appendix B Service and support  
ENWW  
 
End User License Agreement  
PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT: This End-User License  
Agreement (“EULA”) is a contract between (a) you (either an individual or the entity you represent) and  
(b) Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”) that governs your use of the software product (“Software”). This  
EULA does not apply if there is a separate license agreement between you and HP or its suppliers for  
the Software, including a license agreement in online documentation. The term “Software” may include  
(i) associated media, (ii) a user guide and other printed materials, and (iii) “online” or electronic  
documentation (collectively “User Documentation”).  
RIGHTS IN THE SOFTWARE ARE OFFERED ONLY ON THE CONDITION THAT YOU AGREE TO  
ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS EULA. BY INSTALLING, COPYING, DOWNLOADING, OR  
OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE, YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THIS EULA. IF YOU DO  
NOT ACCEPT THIS EULA, DO NOT INSTALL, DOWNLOAD, OR OTHERWISE USE THE  
SOFTWARE. IF YOU PURCHASED THE SOFTWARE BUT DO NOT AGREE TO THIS EULA, PLEASE  
RETURN THE SOFTWARE TO YOUR PLACE OF PURCHASE WITHIN FOURTEEN DAYS FOR A  
REFUND OF THE PURCHASE PRICE; IF THE SOFTWARE IS INSTALLED ON OR MADE  
AVAILABLE WITH ANOTHER HP PRODUCT, YOU MAY RETURN THE ENTIRE UNUSED  
PRODUCT.  
1. THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE. The Software may include, in addition to HP proprietary software  
(“HP Software”), software under licenses from third parties (“Third Party Software” and “Third Party  
License”). Any Third Party Software is licensed to you subject to the terms and conditions of the  
corresponding Third Party License. Generally, the Third Party License is located in a file such as  
license.txt; you should contact HP support if you cannot find any Third Party License. If the Third Party  
Licenses include licenses that provide for the availability of source code (such as the GNU General  
Public License) and the corresponding source code is not included with the Software, then check the  
product support pages of HP’s website (hp.com) to learn how to obtain such source code.  
2. LICENSE RIGHTS. You will have the following rights provided you comply with all terms and  
conditions of this EULA:  
a. Use. HP grants you a license to Use one copy of the HP Software. “Use” means installing, copying,  
storing, loading, executing, displaying, or otherwise using the HP Software. You may not modify the  
HP Software or disable any licensing or control feature of the HP Software. If this Software is provided  
by HP for Use with an imaging or printing product (for example, if the Software is a printer driver,  
firmware, or add-on), the HP Software may only be used with such product (“HP Product”). Additional  
restrictions on Use may appear in the User Documentation. You may not separate component parts of  
the HP Software for Use. You do not have the right to distribute the HP Software.  
b. Copying. Your right to copy means you may make archival or back-up copies of the HP Software,  
provided each copy contains all the original HP Software’s proprietary notices and is used only for back-  
up purposes.  
3. UPGRADES. To Use HP Software provided by HP as an upgrade, update, or supplement (collectively  
“Upgrade”), you must first be licensed for the original HP Software identified by HP as eligible for the  
Upgrade. To the extent the Upgrade supersedes the original HP Software, you may no longer use such  
HP Software. This EULA applies to each Upgrade unless HP provides other terms with the Upgrade. In  
case of a conflict between this EULA and such other terms, the other terms will prevail.  
4. TRANSFER.  
a. Third Party Transfer. The initial end user of the HP Software may make a one-time transfer of the  
HP Software to another end user. Any transfer will include all component parts, media, User  
Documentation, this EULA, and if applicable, the Certificate of Authenticity. The transfer may not be an  
indirect transfer, such as a consignment. Prior to the transfer, the end user receiving the transferred  
ENWW  
End User License Agreement 243  
 
Software will agree to this EULA. Upon transfer of the HP Software, your license is automatically  
terminated.  
b. Restrictions. You may not rent, lease or lend the HP Software or Use the HP Software for commercial  
timesharing or bureau use. You may not sublicense, assign or otherwise transfer the HP Software except  
as expressly provided in this EULA.  
5. PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. All intellectual property rights in the Software and User Documentation are  
owned by HP or its suppliers and are protected by law, including applicable copyright, trade secret,  
patent, and trademark laws. You will not remove any product identification, copyright notice, or  
proprietary restriction from the Software.  
6. LIMITATION ON REVERSE ENGINEERING. You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or  
disassemble the HP Software, except and only to the extent that the right to do so is allowed under  
applicable law.  
7. CONSENT TO USE OF DATA. HP and its affiliates may collect and use technical information you  
provide in relation to (i) your Use of the Software or the HP Product, or (ii) the provision of support  
services related to the Software or the HP Product. All such information will be subject to HP’s privacy  
policy. HP will not use such information in a form that personally identifies you except to the extent  
necessary to enhance your Use or provide support services.  
8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. Notwithstanding any damages that you might incur, the entire liability of  
HP and its suppliers under this EULA and your exclusive remedy under this EULA will be limited to the  
greater of the amount actually paid by you for the Product or U.S. $5.00. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT  
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR  
ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING  
DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, PERSONAL INJURY,  
OR LOSS OF PRIVACY) RELATED IN ANY WAY TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE  
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF HP OR ANY SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH  
DAMAGES AND EVEN IF THE ABOVE REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. Some states  
or other jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so  
the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.  
9. U.S. GOVERNMENT CUSTOMERS. If you are a U.S. Government entity, then consistent with FAR  
12.211 and FAR 12.212, Commercial Computer Software, Computer Software Documentation, and  
Technical Data for Commercial Items are licensed under the applicable HP commercial license  
agreement.  
10. COMPLIANCE WITH EXPORT LAWS. You will comply with all laws, rules, and regulations (i)  
applicable to the export or import of the Software, or (ii) restricting the Use of the Software, including  
any restrictions on nuclear, chemical, or biological weapons proliferation.  
11. RESERVATION OF RIGHTS. HP and its suppliers reserve all rights not expressly granted to you  
in this EULA.  
(c) 2007 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.  
Rev. 11/06  
244 Appendix B Service and support  
ENWW  
Customer self-repair warranty service  
HP products are designed with many Customer Self Repair (CSR) parts to minimize repair time and  
allow for greater flexibility in performing defective parts replacement. If during the diagnosis period, HP  
identifies that the repair can be accomplished by the use of a CSR part, HP will ship that part directly to  
you for replacement. There are two categories of CSR parts: 1) Parts for which customer self repair is  
mandatory. If you request HP to replace these parts, you will be charged for the travel and labor costs  
of this service. 2) Parts for which customer self repair is optional. These parts are also designed for  
Customer Self Repair. If, however, you require that HP replace them for you, this may be done at no  
additional charge under the type of warranty service designated for your product.  
Based on availability and where geography permits, CSR parts will be shipped for next business day  
delivery. Same-day or four-hour delivery may be offered at an additional charge where geography  
permits. If assistance is required, you can call the HP Technical Support Center and a technician will  
help you over the phone. HP specifies in the materials shipped with a replacement CSR part whether  
a defective part must be returned to HP. In cases where it is required to return the defective part to HP,  
you must ship the defective part back to HP within a defined period of time, normally five (5) business  
days. The defective part must be returned with the associated documentation in the provided shipping  
material. Failure to return the defective part may result in HP billing you for the replacement. With a  
customer self repair, HP will pay all shipping and part return costs and determine the courier/carrier to  
be used.  
ENWW  
Customer self-repair warranty service 245  
 
Customer support  
Get telephone support, free during your warranty period, for  
your country/region  
Country/region phone numbers are on the flyer that was in the  
box with your product or at www.hp.com/support/.  
Have the product name, serial number, date of purchase, and  
problem description ready.  
Get 24-hour Internet support  
Get support for products used with a Macintosh computer  
Download software utilities, drivers, and electronic information www.hp.com/go/cljcp4025_software or www.hp.com/go/  
Order additional HP service or maintenance agreements  
246 Appendix B Service and support  
ENWW  
   
Physical specifications  
Table C-1 Product dimensions  
Product  
Height  
Depth  
Width  
Weight  
HP Color LaserJet CP4025n  
HP Color LaserJet CP4025dn  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525n  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525dn  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525xh  
420 mm (16.5 in)  
420 mm (16.5 in)  
420 mm (16.5 in)  
420 mm (16.5 in)  
964 mm (38.0 in)  
522 mm (20.6 in)  
522 mm (20.6 in)  
522 mm (20.6 in)  
522 mm (20.6 in)  
651 mm (25.7 in)  
540 mm (21.3 in)  
540 mm (21.3 in)  
540 mm (21.3 in)  
540 mm (21.3 in)  
662 mm (26.1 in)  
38.5 kg (84.6 lb)  
38.5 kg (84.6 lb)  
38.5 kg (84.6 lb)  
38.5 kg (84.6 lb)  
64.1 kg (141.1 lb)  
Table C-2 Product dimensions, with all doors and trays fully opened  
Product  
Height  
Depth  
Width  
HP Color LaserJet CP4025n  
HP Color LaserJet CP4025dn  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525n  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525dn  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525xh  
420 mm (16.5 in)  
420 mm (16.5 in)  
420 mm (16.5 in)  
420 mm (16.5 in)  
964 mm (38.0 in)  
522 mm (20.6 in)  
522 mm (20.6 in)  
522 mm (20.6 in)  
522 mm (20.6 in)  
651 mm (25.7 in)  
765 mm (30.1 in)  
765 mm (30.1 in)  
765 mm (30.1 in)  
765 mm (30.1 in)  
866 mm (34.1 in)  
Power consumption, electrical specifications, and  
acoustic emissions  
information.  
Environmental specifications  
Environmental condition  
Recommended  
Allowed  
Temperature (product and print  
cartridge)  
17° to 27°C (62.6° to 80.6°F)  
10° to 30°C (50° to 86°F)  
Relative humidity  
Altitude  
30% to 70% relative humidity (RH)  
N/A  
10% to 80% RH  
0 m (0 ft) to 3000 m (9842 ft)  
248 Appendix C Product specifications  
ENWW  
         
FCC regulations  
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant  
to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful  
interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio  
frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause  
harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely  
to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his  
own expense.  
NOTE: Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by HP could void  
the user’s authority to operate this equipment.  
Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class A limits of Part 15 of FCC rules.  
250 Appendix D Regulatory information  
ENWW  
 
Environmental product stewardship program  
Protecting the environment  
Hewlett-Packard Company is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound  
manner. This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on our environment.  
Ozone production  
This product generates no appreciable ozone gas (O3).  
Power consumption  
Power usage drops significantly while in Ready and Sleep mode, which saves natural resources and  
saves money without affecting the high performance of this product. To determine the ENERGY STAR®  
qualification status for this product, see the Product Data Sheet or Specifications Sheet. Qualified  
products are also listed at:  
Paper use  
This product’s optional automatic duplex feature (two-sided printing) and N-up printing (multiple pages  
printed on one page) capability can reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on natural  
resources.  
Plastics  
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability to  
identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product’s life.  
HP LaserJet print supplies  
It’s easy to return and recycle your HP LaserJet print cartridges after use—free of charge—with  
HP Planet Partners. Multilingual program information and instructions are included in every new  
HP LaserJet print cartridge and supplies package. You help reduce the toll on the environment further  
when you return multiple cartridges together rather than separately.  
HP is committed to providing inventive, high-quality products and services that are environmentally  
sound, from product design and manufacturing to distribution, customer use and recycling. When you  
participate in the HP Planet Partners program, we ensure your HP LaserJet print cartridges are recycled  
properly, processing them to recover plastics and metals for new products and diverting millions of tons  
of waste from landfills. Since this cartridge is being recycled and used in new materials, it will not be  
returned to you. Thank you for being environmentally responsible!  
NOTE: Use the return label to return original HP LaserJet print cartridges only. Please do not use this  
label for HP inkjet cartridges, non-HP cartridges, refilled or remanufactured cartridges or warranty  
returns. For information about recycling your HP inkjet cartridges please go to http://www.hp.com/  
ENWW  
Environmental product stewardship program 251  
               
Return and recycling instructions  
United States and Puerto Rico  
The enclosed label in the HP LaserJet toner cartridge box is for the return and recycling of one or more  
HP LaserJet print cartridges after use. Please follow the applicable instructions below.  
Multiple returns (more than one cartridge)  
1. Package each HP LaserJet print cartridge in its original box and bag.  
2. Tape the boxes together using strapping or packaging tape. The package can weigh up to 31 kg  
(70 lb).  
3. Use a single pre-paid shipping label.  
OR  
1. Use your own suitable box, or request a free bulk collection box from www.hp.com/recycle or  
1-800-340-2445 (holds up to 31 kg (70 lb) of HP LaserJet print cartridges).  
2. Use a single pre-paid shipping label.  
Single returns  
1. Package the HP LaserJet print cartridge in its original bag and box.  
2. Place the shipping label on the front of the box.  
Shipping  
For all HP LaserJet print cartridge recycling returns, give the package to UPS during your next delivery  
or pickup, or take it to an authorized UPS drop-off center. For the location of your local UPS drop-off  
center, call 1-800-PICKUPS or visit www.ups.com. If you are returning via USPS label, give the package  
to a U.S. Postal Service carrier or drop off at a U.S. Postal Service Office. For more information, or to  
order additional labels or boxes for bulk returns, visit www.hp.com/recycle or call 1-800-340-2445.  
Requested UPS pickup will be charged normal pickup rates. Information subject to change without  
notice.  
Residents of Alaska and Hawaii  
Do not use the UPS label. Call 1-800-340-2445 for information and instructions. The U.S. Postal Service  
provides no-cost cartridge return transportation services under an arrangement with HP for Alaska and  
Hawaii.  
Non-U.S. returns  
To participate in HP Planet Partners return and recycling program, just follow the simple directions in  
the recycling guide (found inside the packaging of your new product supply item) or visit www.hp.com/  
recycle. Select your country/region for information on how to return your HP LaserJet printing supplies.  
Paper  
This product is capable of using recycled papers when the paper meets the guidelines outlined in the  
HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide. This product is suitable for the use of recycled paper  
according to EN12281:2002.  
252 Appendix D Regulatory information  
ENWW  
             
Material restrictions  
This HP product does not contain added mercury.  
This HP product contains a battery that might require special handling at end-of-life. The batteries  
contained in or supplied by Hewlett-Packard for this product include the following:  
HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CP4020-CP4520 Series  
Type  
Carbon monofluoride lithium  
Weight  
0.8 g  
Location  
User-removable  
On formatter board  
No  
For recycling information, you can go to www.hp.com/recycle, or contact your local authorities or the  
Electronics Industries Alliance: www.eiae.org.  
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the  
European Union  
This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of with  
your other household waste. Instead, it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste equipment by  
handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic  
equipment. The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment at the time of disposal will  
help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health  
and the environment. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for  
recycling, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where  
you purchased the product.  
Chemical substances  
HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our  
products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006  
of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found  
ENWW  
Environmental product stewardship program 253  
       
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)  
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for supplies containing chemical substances (for example, toner)  
can be obtained by accessing the HP Web site at www.hp.com/go/msds or www.hp.com/hpinfo/  
For more information  
To obtain information about these environmental topics:  
Product environmental profile sheet for this and many related HP products  
HP’s commitment to the environment  
HP’s environmental management system  
HP’s end-of-life product return and recycling program  
Material Safety Data Sheets  
254 Appendix D Regulatory information  
ENWW  
   
Declaration of Conformity  
Declaration of Conformity  
according to ISO/IEC 17050–1 and EN 17050–1, DoC#: BOISB-0806-00-rel.1.0  
Manufacturer's Name:  
Manufacturer's Address:  
Hewlett-Packard Company  
11311 Chinden Boulevard,  
Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA  
declares that the product  
Product Name:  
Regulatory Model Number:2)  
HP Color LaserJet CP4525/CP4025 series  
BOISB-0806-00  
Including: CE423A — 3 x 500-Sheet Paper Tray  
CE422A — 500-Sheet Paper Tray  
ALL  
Product Options:  
Print Cartridges: CE260A, CE260X, CE261A, CE262A, CE263A  
conforms to the following Product Specifications:  
Safety:  
IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN60950-1: 2001 + A11  
IEC 60825-1:1993 +A1 +A2 / EN 60825-1:1994 +A1 +A2 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product)  
GB4943-2001  
CISPR 22:2005 / EN 55022:2006 – Class A1)3)  
EN 61000-3-2:2006  
EMC:  
EN 61000-3-3:1995 + A1 + A2  
EN 55024:1998 +A1 + A2  
FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class A / ICES-003, Issue 4  
GB9254-1998, GB17625.1–2003  
Supplementary Information:  
The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC and the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, and  
carries the CE-Marking  
accordingly.  
This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) this device may not cause  
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.  
1) The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett-Packard Personal Computer Systems.  
2) For regulatory purposes, this product is assigned a Regulatory model number. This number should not be confused with the product name  
or the product number(s).  
3) The product meets the requirements of EN55022 & CNS13438 Class A in which case the following applies: “Warning - This is a class A  
product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate  
measures.”  
Boise, Idaho , USA  
October 2009  
For regulatory topics only:  
European Contact: Your Local Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Department HQ-TRE / Standards  
Europe, Herrenberger Straße 140, D-71034 Böblingen, Germany, (FAX: +49-7031-14-3143), http://www.hp.com/go/  
USA Contact:  
Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company, PO Box 15, Mail Stop 160, Boise, Idaho 83707-0015, USA,  
(Phone: 208-396-6000)  
ENWW  
Declaration of Conformity 255  
   
Safety statements  
Laser safety  
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has  
implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is  
mandatory for products marketed in the United States. The device is certified as a “Class 1” laser product  
under the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard  
according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside the  
device is completely confined within protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot  
escape during any phase of normal user operation.  
WARNING! Using controls, making adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified  
in this user guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation.  
Canadian DOC regulations  
Complies with Canadian EMC Class A requirements.  
« Conforme à la classe A des normes canadiennes de compatibilité électromagnétiques. « CEM ». »  
VCCI statement (Japan)  
Power cord instructions  
Make sure your power source is adequate for the product voltage rating. The voltage rating is on the  
product label. The product uses either 100-127 Vac or 220-240 Vac and 50/60 Hz.  
Connect the power cord between the product and a grounded AC outlet.  
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the product, use only the power cord that is provided with the  
product.  
Power cord statement (Japan)  
256 Appendix D Regulatory information  
ENWW  
                 
EMC statement (China)  
EMC statement (Korea)  
EMI statement (Taiwan)  
Laser statement for Finland  
Luokan 1 laserlaite  
Klass 1 Laser Apparat  
HP Color LaserJet CP4025n, CP4025dn, CP4525n, CP4525dn, CP4525xh, laserkirjoitin on käyttäjän  
kannalta turvallinen luokan 1 laserlaite. Normaalissa käytössä kirjoittimen suojakotelointi estää  
lasersäteen pääsyn laitteen ulkopuolelle. Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on määritetty standardin EN  
60825-1 (1994) mukaisesti.  
VAROITUS !  
Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa käyttäjän  
turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.  
VARNING !  
Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i bruksanvisning specificerats, kan användaren utsättas för  
osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass 1.  
HUOLTO  
HP Color LaserJet CP4025n, CP4025dn, CP4525n, CP4525dn, CP4525xh - kirjoittimen sisällä ei ole  
käyttäjän huollettavissa olevia kohteita. Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen  
koulutettu henkilö. Tällaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota väriainekasetin vaihtamista, paperiradan  
puhdistusta tai muita käyttäjän käsikirjassa lueteltuja, käyttäjän tehtäväksi tarkoitettuja ylläpitotoimia,  
jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoistyökaluja.  
VARO !  
ENWW  
Safety statements 257  
             
Mikäli kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan, olet alttiina näkymättömällelasersäteilylle laitteen ollessa  
toiminnassa. Älä katso säteeseen.  
VARNING !  
Om laserprinterns skyddshölje öppnas då apparaten är i funktion, utsättas användaren för osynlig  
laserstrålning. Betrakta ej strålen. Tiedot laitteessa käytettävän laserdiodin säteilyominaisuuksista:  
Aallonpituus 775-795 nm Teho 5 m W Luokan 3B laser.  
Substances Table (China)  
258 Appendix D Regulatory information  
ENWW  
 
Index  
Symbols/Numerics  
10 x 15 cm paper  
buttons, control panel  
locating 10  
managing 140  
match 143  
Neutral Grays 141  
Pantone® matching 144  
print color samples 143  
print in grayscale 140  
printed vs. monitor 143  
printing in grayscale  
(Windows) 104  
sample book matching 143  
sRGB 145  
using 139  
printing (Windows) 124  
4 x 6 in paper  
C
cable, USB  
printing (Windows) 124  
part number 238  
troubleshooting 227  
Canadian DOC regulations 256  
canceling print jobs 102  
capacity  
A
accessibility features  
accessories  
ordering 236  
part numbers 237  
acoustic specifications 248  
address, printer  
Macintosh,  
troubleshooting 231  
alerts, e-mail 58  
anticounterfeit supplies 162  
Attention light  
output bins  
cartridges  
non-HP 162  
printing at estimated end of  
life 162  
recycling 251  
storage 162  
color options  
HP EasyColor (Windows) 142  
setting (Windows) 133  
Color tab settings 63  
Color usage, Macintosh 58  
warranty 241  
configurations, models  
locating 10  
automatic paper sensing 98  
cartridges, print  
error messages 193  
Macintosh status 63  
ordering through HP embedded  
Web Server 154  
part numbers 237  
replacing 162  
cautions iii  
configure device menu 19  
configuring  
IP address 71  
connectivity  
B
batteries included 253  
bins, output  
features  
solving problems 228  
USB 67  
capacity 4, 86  
locating  
control panel  
blank pages  
troubleshooting 227  
booklets  
chosen personality not  
available 190  
cleaning  
buttons 10  
cleaning page, printing 176  
I/O menu 32  
creating (Windows) 123  
both sides, printing on  
Show Me How menu 12  
turning on (Mac) 58  
browser requirements  
HP embedded Web  
Server 152  
product 176  
clock  
error message 184  
clock, real-time  
setting 160  
lights 10  
locating  
menus 12  
messages, alphabetical  
list 183  
messages, numerical list 173,  
color  
adjusting 141  
buffer overflow errors 184  
business graphics  
Edge Control 141  
halftone options 141  
HP ImageREt 3600 145  
manage 139  
messages, types of 183  
security 157  
printing 135  
EN  
WW  
Index 259  
 
envelopes  
jams 221  
loading in Tray 1 90  
loading orientation 87  
environment, specifications 248  
settings 48, 57  
Show Me How menu 12  
control-panel menus  
manage supplies 16  
retrieve job 12  
DNS settings 34  
document conventions iii  
double-sided printing (duplexing)  
loading paper 87  
Mac 62  
Show Me How menu 12  
turning on (Mac) 58  
drivers  
environmental features  
Environmental Product  
Stewardship Program 251  
EPS files, troubleshooting 232  
error messages  
controlling print jobs 98  
conventions, document iii  
copies  
changing number of  
(Windows) 104  
changing paper types and  
sizes 82  
counterfeit supplies 162  
cover pages  
changing settings (Mac) 57  
changing settings  
alphabetical list 183  
e-mail alerts 58  
numerical list 173, 183  
types of 183  
errors  
printing (Mac) 60  
printing on different paper  
(Windows) 115  
(Windows) 49  
choosing (Windows) 225  
presets (Mac) 60  
covers, locating  
settings 48  
software 229  
settings (Mac) 60  
Ethernet cards  
custom print settings  
(Windows) 105  
custom-size paper settings  
Macintosh 60  
settings (Windows) 103  
supported (Windows) 45  
troubleshooting (Mac) 231  
universal 46  
Eu  
ropean Union, waste  
disposal 253  
Explorer, versions supported  
HP Embedded Web  
Server 152  
customer support  
HP embedded Web Server  
links 154  
duplex alignment  
setting 137  
F
HP Printer Utility pages 58  
online 153  
duplex printing (double-sided)  
loading paper 87  
FCC regulations 250  
features 2, 4  
File Upload, Macintosh 58  
Finnish laser safety  
statement 257  
settings (Windows) 120  
Show Me How menu 12  
turning on (Mac) 58  
duplex settings, changing 77  
D
Data light  
locating 10  
date, setting 160  
Declaration of Conformity 255  
default gateway, setting 71  
defects, repeating 224  
deleting  
stored jobs 130  
device discovery 69  
device status  
firmware, downloading new 177  
first page  
printing on different paper  
(Windows) 115  
use different paper 60  
fonts  
duty cycle  
E
e-mail alerts 58  
economy settings 159  
Edge Control 141  
electrical specifications 248  
Embedded Web Server (EWS)  
assigning passwords 156  
features 152  
EPS files, troubleshooting 232  
included  
Macintosh Services tab 63  
DHCP 33  
permanent resources 173  
Upload Macintosh 58  
diagnostics  
end of life  
formatter  
security 158  
forms  
printing (Windows) 110  
fraud hotline 162  
fuser  
networks 36  
diagnostics menu 40  
DIMMs  
verifying installation 173  
DIMMs (dual inline memory  
modules)  
print cartridges, printing when  
reached 162  
end-of-life disposal 253  
Enhanced I/O (EIO) card  
buffer overflow 184  
installing 174  
error messages 186  
jams 184  
installing 169  
part number 238  
part numbers 237  
disposal, end-of-life 253  
DLC/LLC 35  
partnumber 238  
settings 32  
G
gateway, setting default 71  
260 Index  
ENWW  
I/O menu 32  
Tray 1 184  
Tray 2 184  
Tray 3 184  
glossy paper, supported 135  
graphical and text display, control  
panel 10  
graphics, business  
printing 135  
grayscale  
printing (Windows) 104  
grayscale printing 140  
information menu 14  
information pages 51  
Information tab, HP embedded Web  
Server 153  
Japanese VCCI statement 256  
Jetadmin, HP Web 51, 155  
Jetdirect print server  
installing 174  
models including  
job retention  
setting options (Windows) 131  
job storage  
input trays  
configuring 15  
install cartridge error  
message 193  
H
installing  
hard disks  
DIMMs 169  
encrypted 156  
ordering 237  
EIO card 174  
EIO cards 174  
Macintosh settings 62  
modes available 128  
part numbers 237  
help  
print cartridges 162  
product on wired networks 71  
software, USB connections 67  
software, wired networks 72  
toner collection unit 167  
insufficient memory 184, 193  
interface ports  
setting options (Windows) 131  
jobs  
Macintosh settings 58  
jobs, print  
printing options  
(Windows) 104  
Show Me How menu 12  
Home button 10  
HP Customer Care 153  
HP Easy Color  
disabling 142  
using 142  
HP Easy Printer Care  
description 51  
downloading 51  
opening 149  
storing permanent copies  
(Windows) 131  
storing permanent private  
copies (Windows) 132  
storing temporarily  
(Windows) 131  
storing temporary copies  
(Windows) 131  
included  
locating 8, 9  
internal clock errors 184  
Internet Explorer, versions  
supported  
HP Embedded Web  
Server 152  
IP address  
jobs, stored  
creating (Windows) 128  
deleting 130  
options 149  
supported browsers 51  
supported operating  
systems 51  
configuring 71  
Macintosh,  
troubleshooting 231  
IP addressing 69  
IP Security 156  
IPsec 156  
IPv4 address 71  
IPv6 address 71  
IPV6 settings 34  
IPX/SPX settings 35  
printing 129  
receiving notification when  
printed (Windows) 132  
setting user names  
(Windows) 132  
specifying names  
(Windows) 132  
using 52  
HP Embedded Web Server 51  
HP Embedded Web Server (EWS)  
features 152  
HP fraud hotline 162  
HP Jetdirect print server  
installing 174  
K
keys, control panel  
locating 10  
Korean EMC statement 257  
models including  
HP Printer Utility 58  
HP tough paper 136  
J
jams  
L
HP Universal Print Driver 46  
HP Utility 58  
HP Utility, Macintosh 58  
HP Web Jetadmin 51, 155  
HP-UX software 53  
clearing 207  
common causes of 206  
envelopes 221  
fuser 184  
lower right door 184  
output bin 184  
recovery 217  
right door 184  
Show Me How menu 12  
labels  
printing (Windows) 112  
LAN-connector  
landscape orientation  
selecting, Windows 126  
humidity requirements 248  
languages, printer  
laser safety statements 256, 257  
I
I/O (input/output) menu 32  
ENWW  
Index 261  
Material Safety Data Sheet  
(MSDS) 254  
media  
multiple pages per sheet  
printing (Windows) 125  
last page  
printing on different paper  
(Windows) 115  
letterhead  
printing (Windows) 110  
license, software 243  
lights  
control panel 10  
link speed settings 38, 77  
Linux software 53  
loading  
N
custom-size, Macintosh  
settings 60  
first page 60  
pages per sheet 61  
Show Me How menu 12  
n-up printing  
selecting (Windows) 125  
names, job  
specifying (Windows) 132  
Netscape Navigator, versions  
supported  
HP embedded Web  
Server 152  
network  
supported sizes  
memory  
features  
included 2, 58  
loading small size 95  
Show Me How menu 12  
Tray 1 90  
insufficient 184, 193  
part numbers 237  
permanent resources 173  
permanent storage error  
messages 187  
supply errors 183  
verifying installation 173  
memory DIMMs  
operating systems  
supported 66  
Tray 2 92, 93, 95  
Tray 3, 4, and 5 92, 93  
loading paper 90  
lower right door  
password, changing 74  
password, setting 74  
settings, changing 74  
settings, viewing 74  
Networking tab, HP embedded Web  
Server 154  
jams 184  
M
security 158  
networks  
Mac  
memory tag  
configuring 68  
changing paper types and  
sizes 82  
description 163  
locating 165  
con  
nectivity features  
driver settings 57, 60  
installing software 67, 72  
removing software 56  
software 58  
supported operating  
systems 56  
default gateway 71  
device discovery 69  
diagnostics 36  
HP Web Jetadmin 155  
installing EIO cards 174  
IP address 69  
menu map  
description 14, 148  
menus  
configure device 19  
diagnostics 40  
I/O (input/output) 32  
information 14  
Macintosh  
IPv4 address 71  
HP Printer Utility 58  
problems,  
IPv6 address 71  
link speed settings 38  
paper handling 15  
printing 19  
troubleshooting 231  
resize documents 60  
support 246  
print servers included  
protocols 32  
protocols supported 68  
security 32, 70  
settings 32  
resets 40  
system setup 27  
menus, control panel  
I/O 32  
Show Me How 12  
menus, control-panel  
manage supplies 16  
retrieve job 12  
USB card,  
troubleshooting 232  
Macintosh driver settings  
custom-size paper 60  
Job Storage 62  
Services tab 63  
watermarks 61  
manage supplies menu 16  
managing network 74  
maps, printing 136  
marketing materials  
printing 135  
subnet mask 71  
networks, wired  
installing product 71  
Neutral Grays 141  
non-HP supplies 162  
notes iii  
mercury-free product 253  
messages  
alphabetical list 183  
e-mail alerts 58  
numerical list 173, 183  
types of 183  
NVRAM errors 187  
O
on/off button, locating  
online support 153  
models, features  
monthly duty cycle  
material restrictions 253  
262 Index  
ENWW  
paper jams  
clearing 207  
paper size  
changing 82  
paper sizes  
selecting 109  
selecting custom 109  
print cartridges  
opening printer drivers  
(Windows) 103  
operating environment  
specifications 248  
operating systems supported 44,  
operating systems, networks 66  
optimize speed or energy  
usage 159  
error messages 193  
Macintosh status 63  
memory tags 163  
non-HP 162  
ordering through HP embedded  
Web Server 154  
part numbers 237  
printing at estimated end of  
life 162  
recycling 251  
re  
placing 162  
storage 162  
warranty 241  
supported  
paper types  
ordering  
changing 82  
selecting 109  
part numbers for 237  
supplies and accessories 236  
supplies through HP embedded  
Web Server 154  
supported  
paper, ordering 236  
paper, special  
orientation  
printing (Windows) 112  
part numbers  
hard disks 237  
memory 237  
print cartridges 237  
PCL drivers  
print jobs  
paper, while loading 87  
selecting, Windows 126  
output bin  
storing permanent copies  
(Windows) 131  
storing permanent private  
copies (Windows) 132  
storing temporarily  
capacity  
jams 184  
locating  
universal 46  
(Windows) 131  
output quality  
permanent resources 173  
permanent storage errors 187  
personal jobs  
storing temporarily  
(Windows) 131  
portrait orientation  
selecting, Windows 126  
ports  
storing temporary copies  
(Windows) 131  
print media  
loading in Tray 1 90  
print quality  
improving (Windows) 109  
troubleshooting 223  
print server card  
troubleshooting 223  
P
page sizes  
scaling documents to fit  
(Windows) 117  
pages  
blank 227  
not printing 227  
printing slowly 227  
included  
locating  
troubleshooting  
Macintosh 232  
PostScript Printer Description  
(PPD) files  
included 58  
power  
consumption 248  
troubleshooting 180  
power connection  
installing 174  
print tasks 101  
printer drivers (Mac)  
changing settings 57  
settings 60  
troubleshooting 231  
printer drivers (Windows)  
changing settings 49  
choosing 225  
pages per minute  
pages per sheet  
selecting (Windows) 125  
paper  
covers, using different  
paper 115  
custom-size, Macintosh  
settings 60  
settings 103  
supported 45  
first and last pages, using  
different paper 115  
first page 60  
locating  
power switch, locating  
PPDs  
included 58  
preprinted paper  
printing (Windows) 110  
presets (Mac) 60  
print cartridge  
printer languages  
printer settings  
configure 19  
printing  
load 90  
loading orientation 87  
pages per sheet 61  
printing on preprinted letterhead  
or forms (Windows) 110  
Show Me How menu 12  
paper handling menu 15  
canceling jobs 102  
settings (Mac) 60  
settings (Windows) 103  
speed specifications  
stored jobs 129  
troubleshooting 227  
managing 162  
ENWW  
Index 263  
resource saving 173  
retention, job  
installing, USB  
connections 67  
installing, wired networks 72  
Mac 58  
problems 229  
settings 48, 57  
printing menu 19  
printing on both sides  
settings (Windows) 120  
priority, settings 48, 57  
private jobs  
modes available 128  
setting options (Windows) 131  
retrieve job menu 12  
RGB settings 145  
right door  
storing permanently  
(Windows) 132  
software license  
problem-solving  
jams 184  
agreement 243  
ruler, repetitive defect 224  
supported operating  
systems 44, 56  
uninstalling for Windows 50  
uninstalling Mac 56  
Solaris software 53  
e-mail alerts 58  
messages, types of 183  
networks 36  
S
safety statements 256, 257  
saving resources, memory 173  
scale documents  
Macintosh 60  
Windows 117  
scanning  
Windows issues 230  
processor speed  
product info  
product status  
so  
lving  
direct-connect problems 228  
network problems 228  
special media  
HP Easy Printer Care 149  
proof and hold  
speed specifications  
security  
encrypted hard disk 156  
settings 32  
security features 5, 70  
security slot  
selecting (Windows) 131  
protocols, network 32, 68  
Proxy Server settings 35  
PS Emulation drivers 45  
guidelines 80  
special paper  
guidelines 80  
printing (Windows) 112  
specifications  
Q
electrical and acoustic 248  
quality  
locating  
features  
troubleshooting 223  
quick copy jobs  
storing (Windows) 131  
Services tab  
Macintosh 63  
settings  
operating environment 248  
speed specifications  
sRGB settings 145  
standard output bin  
color 145  
R
driver presets (Mac) 60  
drivers 49  
capacity  
status  
Ready light  
locating 10  
real-time clock 160  
recycling  
drivers (Mac) 57  
priority 48, 57  
Settings tab, HP embedded Web  
Server 153  
shortcuts (Windows)  
creating 106  
HP Easy Printer Care 149  
HP Embedded Web  
Server 59  
HP printing supplies returns and  
environmental program 162  
regulatory statements  
Declaration of Conformity 255  
environmental product  
stewardship program 251  
removing Mac software 56  
repeating defects,  
troubleshooting 224  
resets menu 40  
HP Utility, Macintosh 58  
Macintosh services tab 63  
messages, types of 183  
Stop button 10  
stopping print jobs 102  
storage, job  
Macintosh settings 58, 62  
modes available 128  
setting options (Windows) 131  
stored jobs  
using 105  
Show Me How menu 12  
signs, printing 136  
sleep delay  
disabling 159  
enabling 159  
small size paper  
resize documents  
Macintosh 60  
printing (Windows) 124  
software  
creating (Windows) 128  
deleting 130  
Windows 117  
resolution  
embedded Web server 51  
HP Easy Printer Care 51,  
HP Printer Utility 58  
HP Web Jetadmin 51  
printing 129  
receiving notification when  
printed (Windows) 132  
security 157  
selecting (Windows) 109  
specifications  
troubleshooting quality 223  
264 Index  
ENWW  
paper orientation 87  
selecting (Windows) 109  
Show Me How menu 12  
setting user names  
(Windows) 132  
specifying names  
(Windows) 132  
system requirements  
HP Embedded Web  
Server 152  
system setup menu 27  
trays, status  
HP Easy Printer Care 149  
troubleshooting  
storing  
print cartridges 162  
storing jobs  
T
Taiwan EMI statement 257  
TCP/IP  
blank pages 227  
checklist 180  
control panel messages,  
numerical 173  
direct-connect problems 228  
duplexing 222  
permanent copies  
(Windows) 131  
permanent private copies  
(Windows) 132  
proof and hold (Windows) 131  
setting options (Windows) 131  
temporary copies  
(Windows) 131  
temporary personal jobs  
(Windows) 131  
manually configuring IPv4  
parameters 71  
manually configuring IPv6  
parameters 71  
operating systems  
supported 66  
TCP/IP settings  
technical support  
online 153  
temperature requirements 248  
tests  
EPS files 232  
er  
ror messages, alphabetical  
list 183  
error messages, numerical  
list 183  
with Windows 128  
subnet mask 71  
supplies  
Macintosh problems 231  
network problems 228  
pages not printing 227  
pages printing slowly 227  
paper handling problems 218  
quality 223  
repeating defects 224  
Show Me How menu 12  
transparencies 220  
USB cables 227  
networks 36  
counterfeit 162  
managing 16  
memory errors 183  
non-HP 162  
ordering 236  
ordering through HP embedded  
Web Server 154  
part numbers 237  
recycling 251  
time clock, setting real- 160  
tips iii  
toner cartridges. See print  
cartridges  
toner collection unit  
replacing 167  
tough paper 136  
transparencies  
automatic sensing 98  
printing (Windows) 112  
trapping 141  
TrueType fonts included  
two-sided printing  
replacing 164  
settings (Windows) 120  
Show Me How menu 12  
turning on (Mac) 58  
status, viewing with HP  
Embedded Web Server 59  
status, viewing with HP  
Utility 58  
Tray 1  
typefaces  
included  
automatic paper sensing 98  
capacity 86  
double-sided printing 62  
jams 184  
supplies status page  
description 15, 148  
supplies, status  
HP Easy Printer Care 149  
supply messages  
configuring 16  
supply-status, Services tab  
Macintosh 63  
U
uninstalling Mac software 56  
uninstalling Windows software 50  
universal print driver 46  
UNIX software 53  
updates, downloading  
product 177  
Tray 2  
capacity 86  
jams 184  
Tray 3  
jams 184  
trays  
usage page  
support  
capacity 86  
configure 97  
double-sided printing 62  
description 15, 148  
USB configuration 67  
USB port  
HP embedded Web Server  
links 154  
HP Printer Utility pages 58  
online 153  
included  
load 90  
locating  
troubleshooting 227  
troubleshooting  
Macintosh 232  
supported paper  
Macintosh settings 58  
ENWW  
Index 265  
user names  
setting for stored jobs  
(Windows) 132  
W
wake time  
changing 160  
setting 160  
warnings iii  
warranty  
customer self repair 245  
license 243  
print cartridges 241  
product 240  
watermarks  
adding (Windows) 119  
Web browser requirements  
HP Embedded Web  
Server 152  
Web sites  
customer support 153  
fraud reports 162  
HP Web Jetadmin,  
downloading 155  
Macintosh customer  
support 246  
Material Safety Data Sheet  
(MSDS) 254  
universal print driver 46  
Windows  
changing paper types and  
sizes 82  
driver settings 49  
drivers supported 45  
installing software 67, 72  
problem-solving issues 230  
supported operating  
systems 44  
universal print driver 46  
266 Index  
ENWW  
© 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.  
www.hp.com  
*CC489-90901*  
*CC489-90901*  
CC489-90901  

Briggs Stratton VANGUARD 120000 User Manual
Carrier KH_233P User Manual
Dakota Digital SERIES II STR4D User Manual
Epson Printer CX11N User Manual
Epson WorkForce 310 Series User Manual
Friedrich Air Conditioner WY13 User Manual
Friedrich MR18DC3E User Manual
GE AZ75E09DAC User Manual
Heat Controller Inc Air Conditioner A MMH18FA 1 User Manual
Honda Automobiles 250 4197 User Manual